modernc.org/cc@v1.0.1/v2/testdata/_sqlite/src/pager.c (about)

     1  /*
     2  ** 2001 September 15
     3  **
     4  ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
     5  ** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
     6  **
     7  **    May you do good and not evil.
     8  **    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
     9  **    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
    10  **
    11  *************************************************************************
    12  ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
    13  ** 
    14  ** The pager is used to access a database disk file.  It implements
    15  ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
    16  ** is separate from the database file.  The pager also implements file
    17  ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
    18  ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
    19  ** another is writing.
    20  */
    21  #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
    22  #include "sqliteInt.h"
    23  #include "wal.h"
    24  
    25  
    26  /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************
    27  **
    28  ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback
    29  ** journal.  These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL,
    30  ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF.
    31  **
    32  ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced
    33  ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF.
    34  ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS
    35  ** is called successfully on the file containing the page.
    36  **
    37  ** Definition:  A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
    38  ** one or more of the following are true about the page:
    39  ** 
    40  **     (a)  The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
    41  **          the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
    42  **          synced.
    43  ** 
    44  **     (b)  The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
    45  ** 
    46  **     (c)  The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
    47  **          the database file at the start of the transaction.
    48  ** 
    49  ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
    50  **     following are true:
    51  ** 
    52  **     (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
    53  ** 
    54  **     (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
    55  **         transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
    56  **         number consists of a single page change.
    57  ** 
    58  ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
    59  **     both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
    60  **     and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
    61  **     transaction.
    62  ** 
    63  ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
    64  **     in length and are aligned on a page boundary.
    65  ** 
    66  ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
    67  **     an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
    68  **     first 100 bytes of the database file.
    69  ** 
    70  ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
    71  **     being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
    72  ** 
    73  ** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
    74  **     are synced prior to the master journal being deleted.
    75  ** 
    76  ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
    77  ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
    78  ** all queries.  Note in particular the content of freelist leaf
    79  ** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence
    80  ** of the database.
    81  ** 
    82  ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
    83  **     of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the 
    84  **     journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically
    85  **     equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
    86  ** 
    87  ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
    88  **     is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
    89  **     the beginning of the transaction.  (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
    90  **     method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
    91  **     invoke it.)
    92  ** 
    93  ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
    94  **     of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
    95  **     the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same
    96  **     database to flush their caches.
    97  **
    98  ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less
    99  **      than one billion transactions.
   100  **
   101  ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion
   102  **      of every transaction.
   103  **
   104  ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to
   105  **      the database file.
   106  **
   107  ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any
   108  **      content out of the database file.
   109  **
   110  ******************************************************************************/
   111  
   112  /*
   113  ** Macros for troubleshooting.  Normally turned off
   114  */
   115  #if 0
   116  int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
   117  #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
   118  #define PAGERTRACE(X)     if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; }
   119  #else
   120  #define PAGERTRACE(X)
   121  #endif
   122  
   123  /*
   124  ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
   125  ** to print out file-descriptors. 
   126  **
   127  ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
   128  ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
   129  ** struct as its argument.
   130  */
   131  #define PAGERID(p) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(p->fd))
   132  #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(fd))
   133  
   134  /*
   135  ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A
   136  ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following
   137  ** state diagram.
   138  **
   139  **                            OPEN <------+------+
   140  **                              |         |      |
   141  **                              V         |      |
   142  **               +---------> READER-------+      |
   143  **               |              |                |
   144  **               |              V                |
   145  **               |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR
   146  **               |              |                ^  
   147  **               |              V                |
   148  **               |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->|
   149  **               |              |                |
   150  **               |              V                |
   151  **               |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->|
   152  **               |              |                |
   153  **               |              V                |
   154  **               +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+
   155  **
   156  **
   157  ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each:
   158  ** 
   159  **   OPEN              -> READER              [sqlite3PagerSharedLock]
   160  **   READER            -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
   161  **
   162  **   READER            -> WRITER_LOCKED       [sqlite3PagerBegin]
   163  **   WRITER_LOCKED     -> WRITER_CACHEMOD     [pager_open_journal]
   164  **   WRITER_CACHEMOD   -> WRITER_DBMOD        [syncJournal]
   165  **   WRITER_DBMOD      -> WRITER_FINISHED     [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne]
   166  **   WRITER_***        -> READER              [pager_end_transaction]
   167  **
   168  **   WRITER_***        -> ERROR               [pager_error]
   169  **   ERROR             -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
   170  ** 
   171  **
   172  **  OPEN:
   173  **
   174  **    The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this
   175  **    state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is
   176  **    unknown. The database may not be read or written.
   177  **
   178  **    * No read or write transaction is active.
   179  **    * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file.
   180  **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted.
   181  **
   182  **  READER:
   183  **
   184  **    In this state all the requirements for reading the database in 
   185  **    rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently
   186  **    was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is 
   187  **    open. The database size is known in this state.
   188  **
   189  **    A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when
   190  **    it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state
   191  **    OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection
   192  **    running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in
   193  **    this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way
   194  **    a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN
   195  **    is via the ERROR state (see below).
   196  ** 
   197  **    * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot).
   198  **    * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file.
   199  **    * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read 
   200  **      transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables
   201  **      may not be trusted at this point.
   202  **    * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open.
   203  **    * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that 
   204  **      there is no hot-journal in the file-system.
   205  **
   206  **  WRITER_LOCKED:
   207  **
   208  **    The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction
   209  **    is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks 
   210  **    required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual 
   211  **    modifications to the cache or database have taken place.
   212  **
   213  **    In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with 
   214  **    BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when
   215  **    moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened 
   216  **    to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while 
   217  **    in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database 
   218  **    file.
   219  **
   220  **    IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file.
   221  **    If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt
   222  **    is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
   223  **
   224  **    * A write transaction is active.
   225  **    * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater 
   226  **      lock is held on the database file.
   227  **    * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction
   228  **      is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully
   229  **      called).
   230  **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid.
   231  **    * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified.
   232  **    * The journal file may or may not be open.
   233  **    * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal.
   234  **
   235  **  WRITER_CACHEMOD:
   236  **
   237  **    A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is
   238  **    first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file
   239  **    is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the
   240  **    start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified.
   241  **
   242  **    * A write transaction is active.
   243  **    * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file.
   244  **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 
   245  **      to it, but the header has not been synced to disk.
   246  **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified.
   247  **
   248  **  WRITER_DBMOD:
   249  **
   250  **    The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state
   251  **    when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections
   252  **    never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file,
   253  **    just the log file).
   254  **
   255  **    * A write transaction is active.
   256  **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
   257  **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 
   258  **      and synced to disk.
   259  **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly
   260  **      written to disk).
   261  **
   262  **  WRITER_FINISHED:
   263  **
   264  **    It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state.
   265  **
   266  **    A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD
   267  **    state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the
   268  **    database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply
   269  **    by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is 
   270  **    not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper 
   271  **    layer must either commit or rollback the transaction.
   272  **
   273  **    * A write transaction is active.
   274  **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
   275  **    * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished.
   276  **      If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to
   277  **      commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need
   278  **      to rollback the transaction. 
   279  **
   280  **  ERROR:
   281  **
   282  **    The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including
   283  **    SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it 
   284  **    difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents, 
   285  **    db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system.
   286  **
   287  **    Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers
   288  **    cannot.
   289  **
   290  **    For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback, 
   291  **    the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state.
   292  **    At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state
   293  **    (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might
   294  **    report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if
   295  **    they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database
   296  **    file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state
   297  **    instead of READER following such an error.
   298  **
   299  **    Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager
   300  **    to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all 
   301  **    outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to
   302  **    transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the 
   303  **    page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything
   304  **    is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed)
   305  **    when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning
   306  **    the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered 
   307  **    from the error.
   308  **
   309  **    Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if:
   310  **
   311  **      1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in
   312  **         function sqlite3PagerRollback().
   313  **
   314  **      2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file
   315  **         following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo().
   316  **
   317  **      3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or
   318  **         database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up
   319  **         memory.
   320  **
   321  **    In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree
   322  **    layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition 
   323  **    persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above.
   324  **
   325  **    Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only
   326  **    statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error
   327  **    code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not
   328  **    automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a
   329  **    read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent 
   330  **    state.
   331  **
   332  **    * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK.
   333  **    * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the
   334  **      last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state).
   335  **    * The pager is not an in-memory pager.
   336  **    
   337  **
   338  ** Notes:
   339  **
   340  **   * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the
   341  **     connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one
   342  **     of the first four states.
   343  **
   344  **   * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN
   345  **     state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has
   346  **     been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are 
   347  **     executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state".
   348  **
   349  **   * See also: assert_pager_state().
   350  */
   351  #define PAGER_OPEN                  0
   352  #define PAGER_READER                1
   353  #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED         2
   354  #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD       3
   355  #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD          4
   356  #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED       5
   357  #define PAGER_ERROR                 6
   358  
   359  /*
   360  ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the 
   361  ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on
   362  ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
   363  ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by
   364  ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers.
   365  **
   366  ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY
   367  ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not
   368  ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and
   369  ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated
   370  ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the
   371  ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set
   372  ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held
   373  ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value.
   374  **
   375  ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may 
   376  ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
   377  ** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
   378  **
   379  ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
   380  ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file 
   381  ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED
   382  ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
   383  ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
   384  ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
   385  ** of hot-journal detection.
   386  **
   387  ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED 
   388  ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may 
   389  ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but
   390  ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens
   391  ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active
   392  ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database
   393  ** without rolling it back.
   394  **
   395  ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the
   396  ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It
   397  ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call
   398  ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition
   399  ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK 
   400  ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE
   401  ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function
   402  ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail.
   403  **
   404  ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in 
   405  ** PAGER_OPEN state.
   406  */
   407  #define UNKNOWN_LOCK                (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1)
   408  
   409  /*
   410  ** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one
   411  */
   412  #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
   413  # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \
   414      if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; }
   415  # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \
   416      if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \
   417      if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; }
   418  #else
   419  # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E)   /* NO-OP */
   420  # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D
   421  #endif
   422  
   423  /*
   424  ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method 
   425  ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
   426  ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
   427  ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
   428  */
   429  #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000
   430  
   431  
   432  /*
   433  ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active
   434  ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures
   435  ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and
   436  ** resized using sqlite3Realloc().
   437  **
   438  ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is
   439  ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while
   440  ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset 
   441  ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main
   442  ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint
   443  ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()).
   444  */
   445  typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint;
   446  struct PagerSavepoint {
   447    i64 iOffset;                 /* Starting offset in main journal */
   448    i64 iHdrOffset;              /* See above */
   449    Bitvec *pInSavepoint;        /* Set of pages in this savepoint */
   450    Pgno nOrig;                  /* Original number of pages in file */
   451    Pgno iSubRec;                /* Index of first record in sub-journal */
   452  #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
   453    u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA];        /* WAL savepoint context */
   454  #endif
   455  };
   456  
   457  /*
   458  ** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag.  See further description below.
   459  */
   460  #define SPILLFLAG_OFF         0x01 /* Never spill cache.  Set via pragma */
   461  #define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK    0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */
   462  #define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC      0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */
   463  
   464  /*
   465  ** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of
   466  ** some of the more important member variables follows:
   467  **
   468  ** eState
   469  **
   470  **   The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state
   471  **   diagram above for a description of the pager state.
   472  **
   473  ** eLock
   474  **
   475  **   For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file -
   476  **   NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
   477  **
   478  **   For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any
   479  **   locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such
   480  **   databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager
   481  **   logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever
   482  **   need (and no reason to release them).
   483  **
   484  **   In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to
   485  **   UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for
   486  **   details.
   487  **
   488  ** changeCountDone
   489  **
   490  **   This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter 
   491  **   (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is 
   492  **   not updated more often than necessary. 
   493  **
   494  **   It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which 
   495  **   can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file.
   496  **   It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is 
   497  **   relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed,
   498  **   The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of
   499  **   updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction.
   500  **
   501  **   This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection 
   502  **   need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
   503  **   committed.
   504  **
   505  ** setMaster
   506  **
   507  **   When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may
   508  **   (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the 
   509  **   journal file before it is synced to disk.
   510  **
   511  **   Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects 
   512  **   the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is 
   513  **   committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode.
   514  **   If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is
   515  **   finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If
   516  **   it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized 
   517  **   by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were 
   518  **   running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode.
   519  **
   520  **   Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized
   521  **   simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the
   522  **   master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any
   523  **   subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file.
   524  **
   525  **   The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either
   526  **   by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the
   527  **   journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag
   528  **   is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state).
   529  **
   530  ** doNotSpill
   531  **
   532  **   This variables control the behavior of cache-spills  (calls made by
   533  **   the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data
   534  **   to the file-system in order to free up memory).
   535  **
   536  **   When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set,
   537  **   writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether.
   538  **   The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that
   539  **   comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module
   540  **   to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written
   541  **   while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback().  The SPILLFLAG_OFF
   542  **   case is a user preference.
   543  ** 
   544  **   If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from
   545  **   pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not.
   546  **   This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size
   547  **   is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync
   548  **   from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector. 
   549  **
   550  ** subjInMemory
   551  **
   552  **   This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal
   553  **   is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
   554  **   sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
   555  **
   556  **   This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new 
   557  **   write-transaction is opened.
   558  **
   559  ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
   560  **
   561  **   Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file.
   562  **   It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for
   563  **   OPEN and ERROR). 
   564  **
   565  **   dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be 
   566  **   larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset
   567  **   28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file
   568  **   is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in
   569  **   dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2).
   570  **   Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered
   571  **   to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads
   572  **   to dbSize==1).
   573  **
   574  **   During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than
   575  **   dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly.
   576  **   Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(), 
   577  **   dbSize is updated.
   578  **
   579  **   Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states 
   580  **   PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize
   581  **   variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback,
   582  **   and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before
   583  **   being modified.
   584  **
   585  **   Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of
   586  **   the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the
   587  **   write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made
   588  **   to write or truncate the database file on disk. 
   589  **
   590  **   The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress 
   591  **   unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If, 
   592  **   when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates 
   593  **   that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize), 
   594  **   pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize()
   595  **   to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required.
   596  **   dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case
   597  **   pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be
   598  **   a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case,
   599  **   pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger.
   600  **
   601  ** dbHintSize
   602  **
   603  **   The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to
   604  **   the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method. 
   605  **
   606  **   dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a
   607  **   write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and
   608  **   dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called,
   609  **   dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the
   610  **   size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for 
   611  **   details.
   612  **
   613  ** errCode
   614  **
   615  **   The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It
   616  **   is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode 
   617  **   is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX 
   618  **   sub-codes.
   619  **
   620  ** syncFlags, walSyncFlags
   621  **
   622  **   syncFlags is either SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL (0x02) or SQLITE_SYNC_FULL (0x03).
   623  **   syncFlags is used for rollback mode.  walSyncFlags is used for WAL mode
   624  **   and contains the flags used to sync the checkpoint operations in the
   625  **   lower two bits, and sync flags used for transaction commits in the WAL
   626  **   file in bits 0x04 and 0x08.  In other words, to get the correct sync flags
   627  **   for checkpoint operations, use (walSyncFlags&0x03) and to get the correct
   628  **   sync flags for transaction commit, use ((walSyncFlags>>2)&0x03).  Note
   629  **   that with synchronous=NORMAL in WAL mode, transaction commit is not synced
   630  **   meaning that the 0x04 and 0x08 bits are both zero.
   631  */
   632  struct Pager {
   633    sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;          /* OS functions to use for IO */
   634    u8 exclusiveMode;           /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
   635    u8 journalMode;             /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
   636    u8 useJournal;              /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
   637    u8 noSync;                  /* Do not sync the journal if true */
   638    u8 fullSync;                /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
   639    u8 extraSync;               /* sync directory after journal delete */
   640    u8 syncFlags;               /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */
   641    u8 walSyncFlags;            /* See description above */
   642    u8 tempFile;                /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */
   643    u8 noLock;                  /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */
   644    u8 readOnly;                /* True for a read-only database */
   645    u8 memDb;                   /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
   646  
   647    /**************************************************************************
   648    ** The following block contains those class members that change during
   649    ** routine operation.  Class members not in this block are either fixed
   650    ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a
   651    ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode,
   652    ** or the journal_mode).  From another view, these class members describe
   653    ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the
   654    ** "configuration" of the pager.
   655    */
   656    u8 eState;                  /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */
   657    u8 eLock;                   /* Current lock held on database file */
   658    u8 changeCountDone;         /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
   659    u8 setMaster;               /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
   660    u8 doNotSpill;              /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */
   661    u8 subjInMemory;            /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */
   662    u8 bUseFetch;               /* True to use xFetch() */
   663    u8 hasHeldSharedLock;       /* True if a shared lock has ever been held */
   664    Pgno dbSize;                /* Number of pages in the database */
   665    Pgno dbOrigSize;            /* dbSize before the current transaction */
   666    Pgno dbFileSize;            /* Number of pages in the database file */
   667    Pgno dbHintSize;            /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */
   668    int errCode;                /* One of several kinds of errors */
   669    int nRec;                   /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */
   670    u32 cksumInit;              /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
   671    u32 nSubRec;                /* Number of records written to sub-journal */
   672    Bitvec *pInJournal;         /* One bit for each page in the database file */
   673    sqlite3_file *fd;           /* File descriptor for database */
   674    sqlite3_file *jfd;          /* File descriptor for main journal */
   675    sqlite3_file *sjfd;         /* File descriptor for sub-journal */
   676    i64 journalOff;             /* Current write offset in the journal file */
   677    i64 journalHdr;             /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
   678    sqlite3_backup *pBackup;    /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */
   679    PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */
   680    int nSavepoint;             /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */
   681    u32 iDataVersion;           /* Changes whenever database content changes */
   682    char dbFileVers[16];        /* Changes whenever database file changes */
   683  
   684    int nMmapOut;               /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */
   685    sqlite3_int64 szMmap;       /* Desired maximum mmap size */
   686    PgHdr *pMmapFreelist;       /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */
   687    /*
   688    ** End of the routinely-changing class members
   689    ***************************************************************************/
   690  
   691    u16 nExtra;                 /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
   692    i16 nReserve;               /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */
   693    u32 vfsFlags;               /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
   694    u32 sectorSize;             /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
   695    int pageSize;               /* Number of bytes in a page */
   696    Pgno mxPgno;                /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
   697    i64 journalSizeLimit;       /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
   698    char *zFilename;            /* Name of the database file */
   699    char *zJournal;             /* Name of the journal file */
   700    int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */
   701    void *pBusyHandlerArg;      /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
   702    int aStat[3];               /* Total cache hits, misses and writes */
   703  #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
   704    int nRead;                  /* Database pages read */
   705  #endif
   706    void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
   707    int (*xGet)(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); /* Routine to fetch a patch */
   708  #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
   709    void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */
   710    void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */
   711    void (*xCodecFree)(void*);             /* Destructor for the codec */
   712    void *pCodec;               /* First argument to xCodec... methods */
   713  #endif
   714    char *pTmpSpace;            /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
   715    PCache *pPCache;            /* Pointer to page cache object */
   716  #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
   717    Wal *pWal;                  /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */
   718    char *zWal;                 /* File name for write-ahead log */
   719  #endif
   720  };
   721  
   722  /*
   723  ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains
   724  ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS 
   725  ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status().
   726  */
   727  #define PAGER_STAT_HIT   0
   728  #define PAGER_STAT_MISS  1
   729  #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2
   730  
   731  /*
   732  ** The following global variables hold counters used for
   733  ** testing purposes only.  These variables do not exist in
   734  ** a non-testing build.  These variables are not thread-safe.
   735  */
   736  #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
   737  int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0;    /* Number of full pages read from DB */
   738  int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0;   /* Number of full pages written to DB */
   739  int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0;    /* Number of pages written to journal */
   740  # define PAGER_INCR(v)  v++
   741  #else
   742  # define PAGER_INCR(v)
   743  #endif
   744  
   745  
   746  
   747  /*
   748  ** Journal files begin with the following magic string.  The data
   749  ** was obtained from /dev/random.  It is used only as a sanity check.
   750  **
   751  ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
   752  ** checking information.  If the power fails while the journal is being
   753  ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
   754  ** file after power is restored.  If an attempt is then made
   755  ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted.  The additional
   756  ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
   757  ** journal and ignore it.
   758  **
   759  ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
   760  ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data.  The checksum covers both
   761  ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
   762  ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
   763  ** journal file right after the header.  The random initializer is important,
   764  ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
   765  ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted.  If the
   766  ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
   767  ** be correct.  But by initializing the checksum to random value which
   768  ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
   769  */
   770  static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
   771    0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
   772  };
   773  
   774  /*
   775  ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by
   776  ** the following macro.
   777  */
   778  #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)  ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
   779  
   780  /*
   781  ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same 
   782  ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize().
   783  */
   784  #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
   785  
   786  /*
   787  ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
   788  ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
   789  ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
   790  ** out code that would never execute.
   791  */
   792  #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
   793  # define MEMDB 0
   794  #else
   795  # define MEMDB pPager->memDb
   796  #endif
   797  
   798  /*
   799  ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch
   800  ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O.
   801  */
   802  #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
   803  # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch)
   804  #else
   805  # define USEFETCH(x) 0
   806  #endif
   807  
   808  /*
   809  ** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1).
   810  */
   811  #define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647
   812  
   813  /*
   814  ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
   815  ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
   816  **
   817  ** This is so that expressions can be written as:
   818  **
   819  **   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ...
   820  **
   821  ** instead of
   822  **
   823  **   if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ...
   824  */
   825  #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0)
   826  
   827  /*
   828  ** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log to read page pgno.
   829  ** Return false if the pager reads pgno directly from the database.
   830  */
   831  #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) && defined(SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ)
   832  int sqlite3PagerUseWal(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
   833    u32 iRead = 0;
   834    int rc;
   835    if( pPager->pWal==0 ) return 0;
   836    rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iRead);
   837    return rc || iRead;
   838  }
   839  #endif
   840  #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
   841  # define pagerUseWal(x) ((x)->pWal!=0)
   842  #else
   843  # define pagerUseWal(x) 0
   844  # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0
   845  # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0
   846  # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK
   847  # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
   848  #endif
   849  
   850  #ifndef NDEBUG 
   851  /*
   852  ** Usage:
   853  **
   854  **   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
   855  **
   856  ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in
   857  ** the internal state of the Pager object.
   858  */
   859  static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){
   860    Pager *pPager = p;
   861  
   862    /* State must be valid. */
   863    assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN
   864         || p->eState==PAGER_READER
   865         || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
   866         || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
   867         || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
   868         || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
   869         || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR
   870    );
   871  
   872    /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves
   873    ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates
   874    ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set.
   875    */
   876    assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
   877    assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone );
   878  
   879    /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF". 
   880    ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open.
   881    */
   882    assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal );
   883    assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) );
   884  
   885    /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since 
   886    ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter 
   887    ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing 
   888    ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may 
   889    ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It 
   890    ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR 
   891    ** state.
   892    */
   893    if( MEMDB ){
   894      assert( !isOpen(p->fd) );
   895      assert( p->noSync );
   896      assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
   897           || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 
   898      );
   899      assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );
   900      assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 );
   901    }
   902  
   903    /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held
   904    ** on the file.
   905    */
   906    assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
   907    assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
   908  
   909    switch( p->eState ){
   910      case PAGER_OPEN:
   911        assert( !MEMDB );
   912        assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
   913        assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile );
   914        break;
   915  
   916      case PAGER_READER:
   917        assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
   918        assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
   919        assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
   920        break;
   921  
   922      case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED:
   923        assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
   924        assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
   925        if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
   926          assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
   927        }
   928        assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize );
   929        assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
   930        assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
   931        assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
   932        break;
   933  
   934      case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD:
   935        assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
   936        assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
   937        if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
   938          /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the
   939          ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during
   940          ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off
   941          ** to journal_mode=wal.
   942          */
   943          assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
   944          assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 
   945               || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
   946               || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 
   947          );
   948        }
   949        assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
   950        assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
   951        break;
   952  
   953      case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD:
   954        assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
   955        assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
   956        assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
   957        assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
   958        assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 
   959             || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
   960             || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 
   961             || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
   962        );
   963        assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize );
   964        break;
   965  
   966      case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED:
   967        assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
   968        assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
   969        assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
   970        assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 
   971             || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
   972             || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 
   973             || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
   974        );
   975        break;
   976  
   977      case PAGER_ERROR:
   978        /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if
   979        ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped
   980        ** back to OPEN state.
   981        */
   982        assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
   983        assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 || pPager->tempFile );
   984        break;
   985    }
   986  
   987    return 1;
   988  }
   989  #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */
   990  
   991  #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 
   992  /*
   993  ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer
   994  ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This
   995  ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative
   996  ** to "print *pPager" in gdb:
   997  **
   998  ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager)
   999  */
  1000  static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){
  1001    static char zRet[1024];
  1002  
  1003    sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet,
  1004        "Filename:      %s\n"
  1005        "State:         %s errCode=%d\n"
  1006        "Lock:          %s\n"
  1007        "Locking mode:  locking_mode=%s\n"
  1008        "Journal mode:  journal_mode=%s\n"
  1009        "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n"
  1010        "Journal:       journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n"
  1011        "Size:          dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n"
  1012        , p->zFilename
  1013        , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN            ? "OPEN" :
  1014          p->eState==PAGER_READER          ? "READER" :
  1015          p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED   ? "WRITER_LOCKED" :
  1016          p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" :
  1017          p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD    ? "WRITER_DBMOD" :
  1018          p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" :
  1019          p->eState==PAGER_ERROR           ? "ERROR" : "?error?"
  1020        , (int)p->errCode
  1021        , p->eLock==NO_LOCK         ? "NO_LOCK" :
  1022          p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK   ? "RESERVED" :
  1023          p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  ? "EXCLUSIVE" :
  1024          p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK     ? "SHARED" :
  1025          p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK    ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?"
  1026        , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal"
  1027        , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   ? "memory" :
  1028          p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      ? "off" :
  1029          p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   ? "delete" :
  1030          p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  ? "persist" :
  1031          p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" :
  1032          p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      ? "wal" : "?error?"
  1033        , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal
  1034        , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr
  1035        , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize
  1036    );
  1037  
  1038    return zRet;
  1039  }
  1040  #endif
  1041  
  1042  /* Forward references to the various page getters */
  1043  static int getPageNormal(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
  1044  static int getPageError(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
  1045  #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
  1046  static int getPageMMap(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
  1047  #endif
  1048  
  1049  /*
  1050  ** Set the Pager.xGet method for the appropriate routine used to fetch
  1051  ** content from the pager.
  1052  */
  1053  static void setGetterMethod(Pager *pPager){
  1054    if( pPager->errCode ){
  1055      pPager->xGet = getPageError;
  1056  #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
  1057    }else if( USEFETCH(pPager)
  1058  #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
  1059     && pPager->xCodec==0
  1060  #endif
  1061    ){
  1062      pPager->xGet = getPageMMap;
  1063  #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
  1064    }else{
  1065      pPager->xGet = getPageNormal;
  1066    }
  1067  }
  1068  
  1069  /*
  1070  ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal.
  1071  ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one
  1072  ** or more open savepoints for which:
  1073  **
  1074  **   * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and
  1075  **   * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in
  1076  **     PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint.
  1077  */
  1078  static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){
  1079    Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
  1080    PagerSavepoint *p;
  1081    Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;
  1082    int i;
  1083    for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){
  1084      p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i];
  1085      if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){
  1086        return 1;
  1087      }
  1088    }
  1089    return 0;
  1090  }
  1091  
  1092  #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  1093  /*
  1094  ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file.
  1095  */
  1096  static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){
  1097    return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
  1098  }
  1099  #endif
  1100  
  1101  /*
  1102  ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor.  Store the integer
  1103  ** that is read in *pRes.  Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
  1104  ** error code is something goes wrong.
  1105  **
  1106  ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
  1107  */
  1108  static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){
  1109    unsigned char ac[4];
  1110    int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset);
  1111    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
  1112      *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac);
  1113    }
  1114    return rc;
  1115  }
  1116  
  1117  /*
  1118  ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
  1119  */
  1120  #define put32bits(A,B)  sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)
  1121  
  1122  
  1123  /*
  1124  ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor.  Return SQLITE_OK
  1125  ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
  1126  */
  1127  static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){
  1128    char ac[4];
  1129    put32bits(ac, val);
  1130    return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset);
  1131  }
  1132  
  1133  /*
  1134  ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK
  1135  ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock()
  1136  ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock.
  1137  **
  1138  ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
  1139  ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of 
  1140  ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this.
  1141  */
  1142  static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
  1143    int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  1144  
  1145    assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock );
  1146    assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK );
  1147    assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
  1148    if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
  1149      assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock );
  1150      rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock);
  1151      if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
  1152        pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
  1153      }
  1154      IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
  1155    }
  1156    return rc;
  1157  }
  1158  
  1159  /*
  1160  ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK,
  1161  ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the
  1162  ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state. 
  1163  **
  1164  ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is 
  1165  ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 
  1166  ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation 
  1167  ** of this.
  1168  */
  1169  static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
  1170    int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  1171  
  1172    assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
  1173    if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
  1174      rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock);
  1175      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){
  1176        pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
  1177        IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
  1178      }
  1179    }
  1180    return rc;
  1181  }
  1182  
  1183  /*
  1184  ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write or
  1185  ** atomic-batch-write optimizations can be used with this pager. The
  1186  ** atomic-write optimization can be used if:
  1187  **
  1188  **  (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
  1189  **      a database page may be written atomically, and
  1190  **  (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
  1191  **      to the page size.
  1192  **
  1193  ** If it can be used, then the value returned is the size of the journal 
  1194  ** file when it contains rollback data for exactly one page.
  1195  **
  1196  ** The atomic-batch-write optimization can be used if OsDeviceCharacteristics()
  1197  ** returns a value with the SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC bit set. -1 is
  1198  ** returned in this case.
  1199  **
  1200  ** If neither optimization can be used, 0 is returned.
  1201  */
  1202  static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){
  1203    assert( !MEMDB );
  1204  
  1205  #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE) \
  1206   || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE)
  1207    int dc;                           /* Device characteristics */
  1208  
  1209    assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
  1210    dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
  1211  #else
  1212    UNUSED_PARAMETER(pPager);
  1213  #endif
  1214  
  1215  #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
  1216    if( dc&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC ){
  1217      return -1;
  1218    }
  1219  #endif
  1220  
  1221  #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
  1222    {
  1223      int nSector = pPager->sectorSize;
  1224      int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
  1225  
  1226      assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
  1227      assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
  1228      if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){
  1229        return 0;
  1230      }
  1231    }
  1232  
  1233    return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
  1234  #endif
  1235  
  1236    return 0;
  1237  }
  1238  
  1239  /*
  1240  ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
  1241  ** on the cache using a hash function.  This is used for testing
  1242  ** and debugging only.
  1243  */
  1244  #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
  1245  /*
  1246  ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
  1247  */
  1248  static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){
  1249    u32 hash = 0;
  1250    int i;
  1251    for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){
  1252      hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i];
  1253    }
  1254    return hash;
  1255  }
  1256  static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
  1257    return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData);
  1258  }
  1259  static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
  1260    pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage);
  1261  }
  1262  
  1263  /*
  1264  ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
  1265  ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
  1266  ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
  1267  */
  1268  #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
  1269  static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
  1270    Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
  1271    assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
  1272    assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
  1273  }
  1274  
  1275  #else
  1276  #define pager_datahash(X,Y)  0
  1277  #define pager_pagehash(X)  0
  1278  #define pager_set_pagehash(X)
  1279  #define CHECK_PAGE(x)
  1280  #endif  /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */
  1281  
  1282  /*
  1283  ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
  1284  ** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the 
  1285  ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied 
  1286  ** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format
  1287  ** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file.
  1288  **
  1289  ** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by
  1290  ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
  1291  ** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal
  1292  ** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a
  1293  ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name
  1294  ** were present in the journal.
  1295  **
  1296  ** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal
  1297  ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A
  1298  ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master
  1299  ** journal file name.
  1300  **
  1301  ** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present 
  1302  ** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
  1303  **
  1304  ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite
  1305  ** error code is returned.
  1306  */
  1307  static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){
  1308    int rc;                    /* Return code */
  1309    u32 len;                   /* Length in bytes of master journal name */
  1310    i64 szJ;                   /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */
  1311    u32 cksum;                 /* MJ checksum value read from journal */
  1312    u32 u;                     /* Unsigned loop counter */
  1313    unsigned char aMagic[8];   /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
  1314    zMaster[0] = '\0';
  1315  
  1316    if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ))
  1317     || szJ<16
  1318     || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len))
  1319     || len>=nMaster 
  1320     || len>szJ-16
  1321     || len==0 
  1322     || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum))
  1323     || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8))
  1324     || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8)
  1325     || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len))
  1326    ){
  1327      return rc;
  1328    }
  1329  
  1330    /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */
  1331    for(u=0; u<len; u++){
  1332      cksum -= zMaster[u];
  1333    }
  1334    if( cksum ){
  1335      /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
  1336      ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means
  1337      ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
  1338      ** master-journal filename.
  1339      */
  1340      len = 0;
  1341    }
  1342    zMaster[len] = '\0';
  1343     
  1344    return SQLITE_OK;
  1345  }
  1346  
  1347  /*
  1348  ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately 
  1349  ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector 
  1350  ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
  1351  **
  1352  ** i.e for a sector size of 512:
  1353  **
  1354  **   Pager.journalOff          Return value
  1355  **   ---------------------------------------
  1356  **   0                         0
  1357  **   512                       512
  1358  **   100                       512
  1359  **   2000                      2048
  1360  ** 
  1361  */
  1362  static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){
  1363    i64 offset = 0;
  1364    i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
  1365    if( c ){
  1366      offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
  1367    }
  1368    assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
  1369    assert( offset>=c );
  1370    assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
  1371    return offset;
  1372  }
  1373  
  1374  /*
  1375  ** The journal file must be open when this function is called.
  1376  **
  1377  ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to
  1378  ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0).
  1379  **
  1380  ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is
  1381  ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise,
  1382  ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case, 
  1383  ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately 
  1384  ** after writing or truncating it.
  1385  **
  1386  ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and
  1387  ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the 
  1388  ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the
  1389  ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does
  1390  ** not need to be synced following this operation.
  1391  **
  1392  ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code.
  1393  ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK.
  1394  */
  1395  static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){
  1396    int rc = SQLITE_OK;                               /* Return code */
  1397    assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
  1398    assert( !sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) );
  1399    if( pPager->journalOff ){
  1400      const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit;    /* Local cache of jsl */
  1401  
  1402      IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager))
  1403      if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){
  1404        rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
  1405      }else{
  1406        static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0};
  1407        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0);
  1408      }
  1409      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
  1410        rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags);
  1411      }
  1412  
  1413      /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock 
  1414      ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for 
  1415      ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
  1416      ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
  1417      ** to sync the file following this operation.
  1418      */
  1419      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){
  1420        i64 sz;
  1421        rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz);
  1422        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){
  1423          rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit);
  1424        }
  1425      }
  1426    }
  1427    return rc;
  1428  }
  1429  
  1430  /*
  1431  ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
  1432  ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
  1433  ** current location.
  1434  **
  1435  ** The format for the journal header is as follows:
  1436  ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
  1437  ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
  1438  ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
  1439  ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
  1440  ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
  1441  ** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
  1442  ** 
  1443  ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
  1444  */
  1445  static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
  1446    int rc = SQLITE_OK;                 /* Return code */
  1447    char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace;  /* Temporary space used to build header */
  1448    u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */
  1449    u32 nWrite;                         /* Bytes of header sector written */
  1450    int ii;                             /* Loop counter */
  1451  
  1452    assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
  1453  
  1454    if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
  1455      nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
  1456    }
  1457  
  1458    /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created 
  1459    ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the 
  1460    ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now.
  1461    */
  1462    for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
  1463      if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){
  1464        pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff;
  1465      }
  1466    }
  1467  
  1468    pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
  1469  
  1470    /* 
  1471    ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
  1472    ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
  1473    ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced, 
  1474    ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
  1475    ** of records (see syncJournal()).
  1476    **
  1477    ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When
  1478    ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the
  1479    ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption
  1480    ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal
  1481    ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios
  1482    ** where this risk can be ignored:
  1483    **
  1484    **   * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a
  1485    **     power failure in this case anyway.
  1486    **
  1487    **   * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees
  1488    **     that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
  1489    */
  1490    assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync );
  1491    if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
  1492     || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) 
  1493    ){
  1494      memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
  1495      put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
  1496    }else{
  1497      memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4);
  1498    }
  1499  
  1500    /* The random check-hash initializer */ 
  1501    sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
  1502    put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
  1503    /* The initial database size */
  1504    put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize);
  1505    /* The assumed sector size for this process */
  1506    put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize);
  1507  
  1508    /* The page size */
  1509    put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize);
  1510  
  1511    /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary.  Everything
  1512    ** works find if the following memset() is omitted.  But initializing
  1513    ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to
  1514    ** take the performance hit.
  1515    */
  1516    memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0,
  1517           nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20));
  1518  
  1519    /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the 
  1520    ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the 
  1521    ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next 
  1522    ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file
  1523    ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS).
  1524    **
  1525    ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can 
  1526    ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file,
  1527    ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of 
  1528    ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what
  1529    ** is done. 
  1530    **
  1531    ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the 
  1532    ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize
  1533    ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required
  1534    ** to populate the entire journal header sector.
  1535    */ 
  1536    for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){
  1537      IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader))
  1538      rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
  1539      assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
  1540      pPager->journalOff += nHeader;
  1541    }
  1542  
  1543    return rc;
  1544  }
  1545  
  1546  /*
  1547  ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
  1548  ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
  1549  ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by
  1550  ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for
  1551  ** a description of the journal header format.
  1552  **
  1553  ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of
  1554  ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the
  1555  ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
  1556  ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
  1557  ** in this case.
  1558  **
  1559  ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
  1560  ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined.  If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
  1561  ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
  1562  */
  1563  static int readJournalHdr(
  1564    Pager *pPager,               /* Pager object */
  1565    int isHot,
  1566    i64 journalSize,             /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */
  1567    u32 *pNRec,                  /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */
  1568    u32 *pDbSize                 /* OUT: Value of original database size field */
  1569  ){
  1570    int rc;                      /* Return code */
  1571    unsigned char aMagic[8];     /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
  1572    i64 iHdrOff;                 /* Offset of journal header being read */
  1573  
  1574    assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
  1575  
  1576    /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the
  1577    ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this
  1578    ** point, return SQLITE_DONE.
  1579    */
  1580    pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
  1581    if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
  1582      return SQLITE_DONE;
  1583    }
  1584    iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
  1585  
  1586    /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match
  1587    ** the  magic string found at the start of each journal header, return
  1588    ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise,
  1589    ** proceed.
  1590    */
  1591    if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){
  1592      rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff);
  1593      if( rc ){
  1594        return rc;
  1595      }
  1596      if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
  1597        return SQLITE_DONE;
  1598      }
  1599    }
  1600  
  1601    /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec
  1602    ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start
  1603    ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong.
  1604    */
  1605    if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec))
  1606     || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit))
  1607     || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize))
  1608    ){
  1609      return rc;
  1610    }
  1611  
  1612    if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
  1613      u32 iPageSize;               /* Page-size field of journal header */
  1614      u32 iSectorSize;             /* Sector-size field of journal header */
  1615  
  1616      /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */
  1617      if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize))
  1618       || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize))
  1619      ){
  1620        return rc;
  1621      }
  1622  
  1623      /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the
  1624      ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize
  1625      ** variable is already set to the correct page size.
  1626      */
  1627      if( iPageSize==0 ){
  1628        iPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
  1629      }
  1630  
  1631      /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
  1632      ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
  1633      ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their 
  1634      ** respective compile time maximum limits.
  1635      */
  1636      if( iPageSize<512                  || iSectorSize<32
  1637       || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
  1638       || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0   || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0 
  1639      ){
  1640        /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is 
  1641        ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have 
  1642        ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading 
  1643        ** the journal file here.
  1644        */
  1645        return SQLITE_DONE;
  1646      }
  1647  
  1648      /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal. 
  1649      ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within 
  1650      ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
  1651      */
  1652      rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1);
  1653      testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
  1654  
  1655      /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by 
  1656      ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
  1657      ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
  1658      ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
  1659      ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
  1660      */
  1661      pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize;
  1662    }
  1663  
  1664    pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
  1665    return rc;
  1666  }
  1667  
  1668  
  1669  /*
  1670  ** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager
  1671  ** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last
  1672  ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
  1673  ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
  1674  ** anything is written. The format is:
  1675  **
  1676  **   + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
  1677  **   + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8.
  1678  **   + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
  1679  **   + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum.
  1680  **   + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
  1681  **
  1682  ** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master
  1683  ** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
  1684  **
  1685  ** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction), 
  1686  ** this call is a no-op.
  1687  */
  1688  static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
  1689    int rc;                          /* Return code */
  1690    int nMaster;                     /* Length of string zMaster */
  1691    i64 iHdrOff;                     /* Offset of header in journal file */
  1692    i64 jrnlSize;                    /* Size of journal file on disk */
  1693    u32 cksum = 0;                   /* Checksum of string zMaster */
  1694  
  1695    assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
  1696    assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
  1697  
  1698    if( !zMaster 
  1699     || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 
  1700     || !isOpen(pPager->jfd)
  1701    ){
  1702      return SQLITE_OK;
  1703    }
  1704    pPager->setMaster = 1;
  1705    assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
  1706  
  1707    /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */
  1708    for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){
  1709      cksum += zMaster[nMaster];
  1710    }
  1711  
  1712    /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
  1713    ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
  1714    ** the journal has already been synced.
  1715    */
  1716    if( pPager->fullSync ){
  1717      pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
  1718    }
  1719    iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
  1720  
  1721    /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If
  1722    ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller.
  1723    */
  1724    if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager))))
  1725     || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4)))
  1726     || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster)))
  1727     || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum)))
  1728     || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8,
  1729                                   iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8)))
  1730    ){
  1731      return rc;
  1732    }
  1733    pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20);
  1734  
  1735    /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical 
  1736    ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name
  1737    ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is 
  1738    ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
  1739    ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine 
  1740    ** whether or not the journal is hot. 
  1741    **
  1742    ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal 
  1743    ** file to the required size.
  1744    */ 
  1745    if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize))
  1746     && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
  1747    ){
  1748      rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
  1749    }
  1750    return rc;
  1751  }
  1752  
  1753  /*
  1754  ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache.
  1755  */
  1756  static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
  1757    pPager->iDataVersion++;
  1758    sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
  1759    sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
  1760  }
  1761  
  1762  /*
  1763  ** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value
  1764  */
  1765  u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager *pPager){
  1766    assert( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN );
  1767    return pPager->iDataVersion;
  1768  }
  1769  
  1770  /*
  1771  ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both
  1772  ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal
  1773  ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode.
  1774  */
  1775  static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){
  1776    int ii;               /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */
  1777    for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
  1778      sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
  1779    }
  1780    if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){
  1781      sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd);
  1782    }
  1783    sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint);
  1784    pPager->aSavepoint = 0;
  1785    pPager->nSavepoint = 0;
  1786    pPager->nSubRec = 0;
  1787  }
  1788  
  1789  /*
  1790  ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint 
  1791  ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful
  1792  ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs.
  1793  */
  1794  static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
  1795    int ii;                   /* Loop counter */
  1796    int rc = SQLITE_OK;       /* Result code */
  1797  
  1798    for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
  1799      PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii];
  1800      if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){
  1801        rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno);
  1802        testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
  1803        assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
  1804      }
  1805    }
  1806    return rc;
  1807  }
  1808  
  1809  /*
  1810  ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not
  1811  ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN
  1812  ** state.
  1813  **
  1814  ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is
  1815  ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does
  1816  ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is
  1817  ** closed (if it is open).
  1818  **
  1819  ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the 
  1820  ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to 
  1821  ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode
  1822  ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated
  1823  ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction
  1824  ** is opened (by this or by any other connection).
  1825  */
  1826  static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
  1827  
  1828    assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER 
  1829         || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN 
  1830         || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR 
  1831    );
  1832  
  1833    sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
  1834    pPager->pInJournal = 0;
  1835    releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
  1836  
  1837    if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
  1838      assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
  1839      sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
  1840      pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
  1841    }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
  1842      int rc;                       /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */
  1843      int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0;
  1844  
  1845      /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then
  1846      ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock.  Otherwise
  1847      ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file
  1848      ** out from under us.
  1849      */
  1850      assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   & 5)!=1 );
  1851      assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      & 5)!=1 );
  1852      assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      & 5)!=1 );
  1853      assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   & 5)!=1 );
  1854      assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
  1855      assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  & 5)==1 );
  1856      if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN)
  1857       || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5)
  1858      ){
  1859        sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
  1860      }
  1861  
  1862      /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database
  1863      ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment
  1864      ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this
  1865      ** is necessary.
  1866      */
  1867      rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK);
  1868      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){
  1869        pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK;
  1870      }
  1871  
  1872      /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here
  1873      ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error
  1874      ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below.
  1875      */
  1876      assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
  1877      pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
  1878      pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
  1879    }
  1880  
  1881    /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
  1882    ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager,
  1883    ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both
  1884    ** normal and exclusive-locking mode.
  1885    */
  1886    assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
  1887    if( pPager->errCode ){
  1888      if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){
  1889        pager_reset(pPager);
  1890        pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
  1891        pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
  1892      }else{
  1893        pPager->eState = (isOpen(pPager->jfd) ? PAGER_OPEN : PAGER_READER);
  1894      }
  1895      if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
  1896      pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
  1897      setGetterMethod(pPager);
  1898    }
  1899  
  1900    pPager->journalOff = 0;
  1901    pPager->journalHdr = 0;
  1902    pPager->setMaster = 0;
  1903  }
  1904  
  1905  /*
  1906  ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires
  1907  ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred.
  1908  ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second 
  1909  ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The 
  1910  ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function. 
  1911  **
  1912  ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the
  1913  ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code
  1914  ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state,
  1915  ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode.
  1916  **
  1917  ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache 
  1918  ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding 
  1919  ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
  1920  ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need
  1921  ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if
  1922  ** it were a hot-journal).
  1923  */
  1924  static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){
  1925    int rc2 = rc & 0xff;
  1926    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
  1927    assert(
  1928         pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL ||
  1929         pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ||
  1930         (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR
  1931    );
  1932    if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){
  1933      pPager->errCode = rc;
  1934      pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
  1935      setGetterMethod(pPager);
  1936    }
  1937    return rc;
  1938  }
  1939  
  1940  static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage);
  1941  
  1942  /*
  1943  ** The write transaction open on pPager is being committed (bCommit==1)
  1944  ** or rolled back (bCommit==0).
  1945  **
  1946  ** Return TRUE if and only if all dirty pages should be flushed to disk.
  1947  **
  1948  ** Rules:
  1949  **
  1950  **   *  For non-TEMP databases, always sync to disk.  This is necessary
  1951  **      for transactions to be durable.
  1952  **
  1953  **   *  Sync TEMP database only on a COMMIT (not a ROLLBACK) when the backing
  1954  **      file has been created already (via a spill on pagerStress()) and
  1955  **      when the number of dirty pages in memory exceeds 25% of the total
  1956  **      cache size.
  1957  */
  1958  static int pagerFlushOnCommit(Pager *pPager, int bCommit){
  1959    if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) return 1;
  1960    if( !bCommit ) return 0;
  1961    if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ) return 0;
  1962    return (sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(pPager->pPCache)>=25);
  1963  }
  1964  
  1965  /*
  1966  ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by 
  1967  ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called 
  1968  ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
  1969  ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
  1970  ** database transaction.
  1971  ** 
  1972  ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called
  1973  ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less
  1974  ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op.
  1975  **
  1976  ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
  1977  **
  1978  ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal 
  1979  ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a 
  1980  ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
  1981  ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
  1982  ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
  1983  ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
  1984  **
  1985  **   journalMode==MEMORY
  1986  **     Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an 
  1987  **     in-memory journal.
  1988  **
  1989  **   journalMode==TRUNCATE
  1990  **     Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size.
  1991  **
  1992  **   journalMode==PERSIST
  1993  **     The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates
  1994  **     the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal
  1995  **     file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back.
  1996  **
  1997  **   journalMode==DELETE
  1998  **     The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete().
  1999  **
  2000  **     If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing
  2001  **     the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is
  2002  **     DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under
  2003  **     journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
  2004  **
  2005  ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state.
  2006  ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is 
  2007  ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK.
  2008  **
  2009  ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
  2010  ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
  2011  ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the 
  2012  ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
  2013  ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
  2014  ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
  2015  ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is
  2016  ** returned.
  2017  */
  2018  static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){
  2019    int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
  2020    int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;     /* Error code from db file unlock operation */
  2021  
  2022    /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction
  2023    ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there
  2024    ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is
  2025    ** held under two circumstances:
  2026    **
  2027    **   1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with
  2028    **      eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
  2029    **
  2030    **   2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE 
  2031    **      lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a
  2032    **      read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER 
  2033    **      and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed.
  2034    */
  2035    assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
  2036    assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
  2037    if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){
  2038      return SQLITE_OK;
  2039    }
  2040  
  2041    releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
  2042    assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 
  2043        || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
  2044    );
  2045    if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
  2046      assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
  2047  
  2048      /* Finalize the journal file. */
  2049      if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ){
  2050        /* assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); */
  2051        sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
  2052      }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){
  2053        if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
  2054          rc = SQLITE_OK;
  2055        }else{
  2056          rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
  2057          if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync ){
  2058            /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away.
  2059            ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and
  2060            ** cause the last transaction to roll back.  See
  2061            ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773
  2062            */
  2063            rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
  2064          }
  2065        }
  2066        pPager->journalOff = 0;
  2067      }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
  2068        || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
  2069      ){
  2070        rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster||pPager->tempFile);
  2071        pPager->journalOff = 0;
  2072      }else{
  2073        /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
  2074        ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal
  2075        ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to
  2076        ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal.
  2077        */
  2078        int bDelete = !pPager->tempFile;
  2079        assert( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd)==0 );
  2080        assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 
  2081             || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 
  2082             || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 
  2083        );
  2084        sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
  2085        if( bDelete ){
  2086          rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->extraSync);
  2087        }
  2088      }
  2089    }
  2090  
  2091  #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
  2092    sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
  2093    if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
  2094      PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1);
  2095      if( p ){
  2096        p->pageHash = 0;
  2097        sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p);
  2098      }
  2099    }
  2100  #endif
  2101  
  2102    sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
  2103    pPager->pInJournal = 0;
  2104    pPager->nRec = 0;
  2105    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
  2106      if( MEMDB || pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, bCommit) ){
  2107        sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
  2108      }else{
  2109        sqlite3PcacheClearWritable(pPager->pPCache);
  2110      }
  2111      sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize);
  2112    }
  2113  
  2114    if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
  2115      /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in 
  2116      ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE 
  2117      ** lock held on the database file.
  2118      */
  2119      rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
  2120      assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
  2121    }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){
  2122      /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal
  2123      ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image.
  2124      ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction 
  2125      ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the
  2126      ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum
  2127      ** required size.  */
  2128      assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
  2129      rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize);
  2130    }
  2131  
  2132    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
  2133      rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0);
  2134      if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
  2135    }
  2136  
  2137    if( !pPager->exclusiveMode 
  2138     && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0))
  2139    ){
  2140      rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
  2141      pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
  2142    }
  2143    pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
  2144    pPager->setMaster = 0;
  2145  
  2146    return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
  2147  }
  2148  
  2149  /*
  2150  ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the 
  2151  ** database file. 
  2152  **
  2153  ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt 
  2154  ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
  2155  ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
  2156  ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this 
  2157  ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next 
  2158  ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one) 
  2159  ** will roll it back.
  2160  **
  2161  ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or
  2162  ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause 
  2163  ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the
  2164  ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
  2165  */
  2166  static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){
  2167    if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){
  2168      assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
  2169      if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
  2170        sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
  2171        sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
  2172        sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
  2173      }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
  2174        assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
  2175        pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
  2176      }
  2177    }
  2178    pager_unlock(pPager);
  2179  }
  2180  
  2181  /*
  2182  ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
  2183  ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the 
  2184  ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
  2185  **
  2186  ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the 
  2187  ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte
  2188  ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200).
  2189  ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
  2190  **
  2191  ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an
  2192  ** incompatible journal file format.
  2193  **
  2194  ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely 
  2195  ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed. 
  2196  ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
  2197  ** correct and the middle be corrupt.  Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
  2198  ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
  2199  */
  2200  static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){
  2201    u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit;         /* Checksum value to return */
  2202    int i = pPager->pageSize-200;          /* Loop counter */
  2203    while( i>0 ){
  2204      cksum += aData[i];
  2205      i -= 200;
  2206    }
  2207    return cksum;
  2208  }
  2209  
  2210  /*
  2211  ** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back
  2212  ** to the codec.
  2213  */
  2214  #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
  2215  static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){
  2216    if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){
  2217      pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize,
  2218                             (int)pPager->nReserve);
  2219    }
  2220  }
  2221  #else
  2222  # define pagerReportSize(X)     /* No-op if we do not support a codec */
  2223  #endif
  2224  
  2225  #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
  2226  /*
  2227  ** Make sure the number of reserved bits is the same in the destination
  2228  ** pager as it is in the source.  This comes up when a VACUUM changes the
  2229  ** number of reserved bits to the "optimal" amount.
  2230  */
  2231  void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager *pDest, Pager *pSrc){
  2232    if( pDest->nReserve!=pSrc->nReserve ){
  2233      pDest->nReserve = pSrc->nReserve;
  2234      pagerReportSize(pDest);
  2235    }
  2236  }
  2237  #endif
  2238  
  2239  /*
  2240  ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or
  2241  ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page.
  2242  ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
  2243  ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
  2244  **
  2245  ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does 
  2246  ** not.
  2247  **
  2248  ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
  2249  ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is
  2250  ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned.
  2251  **
  2252  ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already
  2253  ** been played back.  If the page at *pOffset has already been played back
  2254  ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback.
  2255  ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set
  2256  ** prior to returning.
  2257  **
  2258  ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file
  2259  ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs
  2260  ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing
  2261  ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data
  2262  ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be
  2263  ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in
  2264  ** two circumstances:
  2265  ** 
  2266  **   * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or
  2267  **   * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file
  2268  **     and the checksum field does not match the record content.
  2269  **
  2270  ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback.
  2271  **
  2272  ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically
  2273  ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails,
  2274  ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
  2275  */
  2276  static int pager_playback_one_page(
  2277    Pager *pPager,                /* The pager being played back */
  2278    i64 *pOffset,                 /* Offset of record to playback */
  2279    Bitvec *pDone,                /* Bitvec of pages already played back */
  2280    int isMainJrnl,               /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */
  2281    int isSavepnt                 /* True for a savepoint rollback */
  2282  ){
  2283    int rc;
  2284    PgHdr *pPg;                   /* An existing page in the cache */
  2285    Pgno pgno;                    /* The page number of a page in journal */
  2286    u32 cksum;                    /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
  2287    char *aData;                  /* Temporary storage for the page */
  2288    sqlite3_file *jfd;            /* The file descriptor for the journal file */
  2289    int isSynced;                 /* True if journal page is synced */
  2290  #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
  2291    /* The jrnlEnc flag is true if Journal pages should be passed through
  2292    ** the codec.  It is false for pure in-memory journals. */
  2293    const int jrnlEnc = (isMainJrnl || pPager->subjInMemory==0);
  2294  #endif
  2295  
  2296    assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 );      /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */
  2297    assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 );       /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */
  2298    assert( isMainJrnl || pDone );     /* pDone always used on sub-journals */
  2299    assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 );   /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */
  2300  
  2301    aData = pPager->pTmpSpace;
  2302    assert( aData );         /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
  2303    assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) );
  2304  
  2305    /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction 
  2306    ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is
  2307    ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager
  2308    ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback
  2309    ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal.
  2310    */
  2311    assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
  2312         || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
  2313    );
  2314    assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl );
  2315  
  2316    /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal
  2317    ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs.
  2318    */
  2319    jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd;
  2320    rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno);
  2321    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
  2322    rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4);
  2323    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
  2324    *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4;
  2325  
  2326    /* Sanity checking on the page.  This is more important that I originally
  2327    ** thought.  If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
  2328    ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal.  We need to
  2329    ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
  2330    */
  2331    if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
  2332      assert( !isSavepnt );
  2333      return SQLITE_DONE;
  2334    }
  2335    if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){
  2336      return SQLITE_OK;
  2337    }
  2338    if( isMainJrnl ){
  2339      rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum);
  2340      if( rc ) return rc;
  2341      if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){
  2342        return SQLITE_DONE;
  2343      }
  2344    }
  2345  
  2346    /* If this page has already been played back before during the current
  2347    ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again.
  2348    */
  2349    if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){
  2350      return rc;
  2351    }
  2352  
  2353    /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting
  2354    */
  2355    if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){
  2356      pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20];
  2357      pagerReportSize(pPager);
  2358    }
  2359  
  2360    /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this
  2361    ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
  2362    ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
  2363    **
  2364    ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
  2365    ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
  2366    ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
  2367    ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
  2368    ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
  2369    ** assert()able.
  2370    **
  2371    ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the
  2372    ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked 
  2373    ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for
  2374    ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty
  2375    ** if the pager is in OPEN state.
  2376    **
  2377    ** Ticket #1171:  The statement journal might contain page content that is
  2378    ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
  2379    ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
  2380    ** then changed again within the statement.  When rolling back such a
  2381    ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
  2382    ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
  2383    ** journal.  Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
  2384    ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
  2385    ** restore the database to its original form.  Two conditions must be
  2386    ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
  2387    ** locked.  (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
  2388    ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
  2389    ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
  2390    **
  2391    ** 2008-04-14:  When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
  2392    ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
  2393    ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
  2394    */
  2395    if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
  2396      pPg = 0;
  2397    }else{
  2398      pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
  2399    }
  2400    assert( pPg || !MEMDB );
  2401    assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 || pPager->tempFile );
  2402    PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
  2403             PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData),
  2404             (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
  2405    ));
  2406    if( isMainJrnl ){
  2407      isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr);
  2408    }else{
  2409      isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
  2410    }
  2411    if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
  2412     && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
  2413     && isSynced
  2414    ){
  2415      i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
  2416      testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 );
  2417      assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
  2418  
  2419      /* Write the data read from the journal back into the database file.
  2420      ** This is usually safe even for an encrypted database - as the data
  2421      ** was encrypted before it was written to the journal file. The exception
  2422      ** is if the data was just read from an in-memory sub-journal. In that
  2423      ** case it must be encrypted here before it is copied into the database
  2424      ** file.  */
  2425  #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
  2426      if( !jrnlEnc ){
  2427        CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, aData);
  2428        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
  2429        CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
  2430      }else
  2431  #endif
  2432      rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
  2433  
  2434      if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
  2435        pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
  2436      }
  2437      if( pPager->pBackup ){
  2438  #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
  2439        if( jrnlEnc ){
  2440          CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
  2441          sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
  2442          CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT,aData);
  2443        }else
  2444  #endif
  2445        sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
  2446      }
  2447    }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){
  2448      /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
  2449      ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential
  2450      ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it 
  2451      ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be 
  2452      ** current. 
  2453      **
  2454      ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite
  2455      ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen 
  2456      ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then
  2457      ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage().
  2458      **
  2459      ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing
  2460      ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty 
  2461      ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as 
  2462      ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
  2463      */
  2464      assert( isSavepnt );
  2465      assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 );
  2466      pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
  2467      rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1);
  2468      assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 );
  2469      pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
  2470      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
  2471      sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
  2472    }
  2473    if( pPg ){
  2474      /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
  2475      ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
  2476      ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
  2477      ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
  2478      ** sqlite3PagerRollback().
  2479      */
  2480      void *pData;
  2481      pData = pPg->pData;
  2482      memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize);
  2483      pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
  2484      /* It used to be that sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg) was called here.  But
  2485      ** that call was dangerous and had no detectable benefit since the cache
  2486      ** is normally cleaned by sqlite3PcacheCleanAll() after rollback and so
  2487      ** has been removed. */
  2488      pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
  2489  
  2490      /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
  2491      ** Do this before any decoding. */
  2492      if( pgno==1 ){
  2493        memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
  2494      }
  2495  
  2496      /* Decode the page just read from disk */
  2497  #if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
  2498      if( jrnlEnc ){ CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); }
  2499  #endif
  2500      sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
  2501    }
  2502    return rc;
  2503  }
  2504  
  2505  /*
  2506  ** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal
  2507  ** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back.
  2508  ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file,
  2509  ** and does so if it is.
  2510  **
  2511  ** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not 
  2512  ** available for use within this function.
  2513  **
  2514  ** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names 
  2515  ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8 
  2516  ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a 
  2517  ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal
  2518  ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be:
  2519  **
  2520  **   "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00"
  2521  **
  2522  ** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child 
  2523  ** journals have been rolled back.
  2524  **
  2525  ** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into 
  2526  ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For
  2527  ** each child journal, it checks if:
  2528  **
  2529  **   * if the child journal exists, and if so
  2530  **   * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal 
  2531  **     file zMaster
  2532  **
  2533  ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria
  2534  ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if
  2535  ** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from
  2536  ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete().
  2537  **
  2538  ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This
  2539  ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation
  2540  ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors 
  2541  ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
  2542  **
  2543  ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load
  2544  ** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be
  2545  ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page 
  2546  ** size.
  2547  */
  2548  static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
  2549    sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
  2550    int rc;                   /* Return code */
  2551    sqlite3_file *pMaster;    /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */
  2552    sqlite3_file *pJournal;   /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */
  2553    char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */
  2554    i64 nMasterJournal;       /* Size of master journal file */
  2555    char *zJournal;           /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */
  2556    char *zMasterPtr;         /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */
  2557    int nMasterPtr;           /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */
  2558  
  2559    /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors.
  2560    ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading.
  2561    */
  2562    pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
  2563    pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile);
  2564    if( !pMaster ){
  2565      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
  2566    }else{
  2567      const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL);
  2568      rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0);
  2569    }
  2570    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
  2571  
  2572    /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from
  2573    ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal.   Also obtain
  2574    ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master
  2575    ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
  2576    */
  2577    rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal);
  2578    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
  2579    nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
  2580    zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc(nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1);
  2581    if( !zMasterJournal ){
  2582      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
  2583      goto delmaster_out;
  2584    }
  2585    zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1];
  2586    rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0);
  2587    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
  2588    zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0;
  2589  
  2590    zJournal = zMasterJournal;
  2591    while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){
  2592      int exists;
  2593      rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
  2594      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
  2595        goto delmaster_out;
  2596      }
  2597      if( exists ){
  2598        /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists.
  2599        ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If
  2600        ** so, return without deleting the master journal file.
  2601        */
  2602        int c;
  2603        int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL);
  2604        rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0);
  2605        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
  2606          goto delmaster_out;
  2607        }
  2608  
  2609        rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr);
  2610        sqlite3OsClose(pJournal);
  2611        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
  2612          goto delmaster_out;
  2613        }
  2614  
  2615        c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0;
  2616        if( c ){
  2617          /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */
  2618          goto delmaster_out;
  2619        }
  2620      }
  2621      zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1);
  2622    }
  2623   
  2624    sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
  2625    rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
  2626  
  2627  delmaster_out:
  2628    sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal);
  2629    if( pMaster ){
  2630      sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
  2631      assert( !isOpen(pJournal) );
  2632      sqlite3_free(pMaster);
  2633    }
  2634    return rc;
  2635  }
  2636  
  2637  
  2638  /*
  2639  ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database 
  2640  ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
  2641  ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
  2642  **
  2643  ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
  2644  ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size 
  2645  ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes). 
  2646  ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
  2647  ** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
  2648  **
  2649  ** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than 
  2650  ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if 
  2651  ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it 
  2652  ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to 
  2653  ** the end of the new file instead.
  2654  **
  2655  ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
  2656  ** the database file, return the error code to the caller.
  2657  */
  2658  static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
  2659    int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  2660    assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
  2661    assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER );
  2662    
  2663    if( isOpen(pPager->fd) 
  2664     && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 
  2665    ){
  2666      i64 currentSize, newSize;
  2667      int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
  2668      assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
  2669      /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */
  2670      rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &currentSize);
  2671      newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage;
  2672      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){
  2673        if( currentSize>newSize ){
  2674          rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize);
  2675        }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){
  2676          char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace;
  2677          memset(pTmp, 0, szPage);
  2678          testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize );
  2679          testcase( (newSize-szPage) >  currentSize );
  2680          rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage);
  2681        }
  2682        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
  2683          pPager->dbFileSize = nPage;
  2684        }
  2685      }
  2686    }
  2687    return rc;
  2688  }
  2689  
  2690  /*
  2691  ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The
  2692  ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
  2693  */
  2694  int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
  2695    int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile);
  2696    if( iRet<32 ){
  2697      iRet = 512;
  2698    }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){
  2699      assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 );
  2700      iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE;
  2701    }
  2702    return iRet;
  2703  }
  2704  
  2705  /*
  2706  ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
  2707  ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
  2708  ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used 
  2709  ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and 
  2710  ** master journal pointers within created journal files.
  2711  **
  2712  ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
  2713  **
  2714  ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
  2715  ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if
  2716  ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it
  2717  ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
  2718  **
  2719  ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set
  2720  ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512).  The purpose of
  2721  ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that
  2722  ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in
  2723  ** that range.  But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero
  2724  ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector
  2725  ** size.  For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format,
  2726  ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512.
  2727  */
  2728  static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
  2729    assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
  2730  
  2731    if( pPager->tempFile
  2732     || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) & 
  2733                SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0
  2734    ){
  2735      /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
  2736      ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize()
  2737      ** call will segfault. */
  2738      pPager->sectorSize = 512;
  2739    }else{
  2740      pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd);
  2741    }
  2742  }
  2743  
  2744  /*
  2745  ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
  2746  ** the state it was in before we started making changes.  
  2747  **
  2748  ** The journal file format is as follows: 
  2749  **
  2750  **  (1)  8 byte prefix.  A copy of aJournalMagic[].
  2751  **  (2)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
  2752  **       in the journal.  If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
  2753  **       number of page records from the journal size.
  2754  **  (3)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the 
  2755  **       sanity checksum.
  2756  **  (4)  4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
  2757  **       database to during a rollback.
  2758  **  (5)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size.  The header
  2759  **       is this many bytes in size.
  2760  **  (6)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size.
  2761  **  (7)  zero padding out to the next sector size.
  2762  **  (8)  Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
  2763  **        +  4 byte page number.
  2764  **        +  pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
  2765  **        +  4 byte checksum
  2766  **
  2767  ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above.
  2768  ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item.
  2769  **
  2770  ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec".  nRec is the number of
  2771  ** valid page entries in the journal.  In most cases, you can compute the
  2772  ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file.  But if a power
  2773  ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
  2774  ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
  2775  ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk.  In such a case,
  2776  ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large.  For
  2777  ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
  2778  **
  2779  ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
  2780  ** from the file size.  This value is used when the user selects the
  2781  ** no-sync option for the journal.  A power failure could lead to corruption
  2782  ** in this case.  But for things like temporary table (which will be
  2783  ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.  
  2784  **
  2785  ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
  2786  ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
  2787  ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
  2788  ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
  2789  ** been encountered.
  2790  **
  2791  ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
  2792  ** and an error code is returned.
  2793  **
  2794  ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal
  2795  ** that might be a hot journal.  Or, it could be that the journal is 
  2796  ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE.
  2797  ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling
  2798  ** back any content.  If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is
  2799  ** needed.
  2800  */
  2801  static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
  2802    sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
  2803    i64 szJ;                 /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
  2804    u32 nRec;                /* Number of Records in the journal */
  2805    u32 u;                   /* Unsigned loop counter */
  2806    Pgno mxPg = 0;           /* Size of the original file in pages */
  2807    int rc;                  /* Result code of a subroutine */
  2808    int res = 1;             /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
  2809    char *zMaster = 0;       /* Name of master journal file if any */
  2810    int needPagerReset;      /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */
  2811    int nPlayback = 0;       /* Total number of pages restored from journal */
  2812    u32 savedPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
  2813  
  2814    /* Figure out how many records are in the journal.  Abort early if
  2815    ** the journal is empty.
  2816    */
  2817    assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
  2818    rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ);
  2819    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
  2820      goto end_playback;
  2821    }
  2822  
  2823    /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present.
  2824    ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not
  2825    ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
  2826    ** played back.
  2827    **
  2828    ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that
  2829    ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that
  2830    ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c,
  2831    ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value
  2832    ** for pageSize.
  2833    */
  2834    zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
  2835    rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
  2836    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){
  2837      rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
  2838    }
  2839    zMaster = 0;
  2840    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){
  2841      goto end_playback;
  2842    }
  2843    pPager->journalOff = 0;
  2844    needPagerReset = isHot;
  2845  
  2846    /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or 
  2847    ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error 
  2848    ** occurs. 
  2849    */
  2850    while( 1 ){
  2851      /* Read the next journal header from the journal file.  If there are
  2852      ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
  2853      ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it.
  2854      ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
  2855      */
  2856      rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
  2857      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 
  2858        if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
  2859          rc = SQLITE_OK;
  2860        }
  2861        goto end_playback;
  2862      }
  2863  
  2864      /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
  2865      ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
  2866      ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
  2867      ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
  2868      */
  2869      if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
  2870        assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
  2871        nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
  2872      }
  2873  
  2874      /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
  2875      ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means
  2876      ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been
  2877      ** synced to disk.  Compute the number of pages based on the remaining
  2878      ** size of the file.
  2879      **
  2880      ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565.
  2881      ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next
  2882      ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back.  But
  2883      ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in
  2884      ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional
  2885      ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages 
  2886      ** should be computed based on the journal file size.
  2887      */
  2888      if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
  2889          pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){
  2890        nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
  2891      }
  2892  
  2893      /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
  2894      ** database file back to its original size.
  2895      */
  2896      if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
  2897        rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
  2898        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
  2899          goto end_playback;
  2900        }
  2901        pPager->dbSize = mxPg;
  2902      }
  2903  
  2904      /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the 
  2905      ** database file and/or page cache.
  2906      */
  2907      for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){
  2908        if( needPagerReset ){
  2909          pager_reset(pPager);
  2910          needPagerReset = 0;
  2911        }
  2912        rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0);
  2913        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
  2914          nPlayback++;
  2915        }else{
  2916          if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
  2917            pPager->journalOff = szJ;
  2918            break;
  2919          }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
  2920            /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and
  2921            ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was
  2922            ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash.  In that
  2923            ** case, the database should have never been written in the
  2924            ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */
  2925            rc = SQLITE_OK;
  2926            goto end_playback;
  2927          }else{
  2928            /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error
  2929            ** code.  This will cause the pager to enter the error state
  2930            ** so that no further harm will be done.  Perhaps the next
  2931            ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database.
  2932            */
  2933            goto end_playback;
  2934          }
  2935        }
  2936      }
  2937    }
  2938    /*NOTREACHED*/
  2939    assert( 0 );
  2940  
  2941  end_playback:
  2942    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
  2943      rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &savedPageSize, -1);
  2944    }
  2945    /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original
  2946    ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the
  2947    ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the
  2948    ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified.
  2949    */
  2950  #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  2951    if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){
  2952      sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0);
  2953    }
  2954  #endif
  2955  
  2956    /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or 
  2957    ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but 
  2958    ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter 
  2959    ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive 
  2960    ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
  2961    ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency
  2962    ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just
  2963    ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now.
  2964    */
  2965    pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
  2966  
  2967    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
  2968      zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
  2969      rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
  2970      testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
  2971    }
  2972    if( rc==SQLITE_OK
  2973     && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
  2974    ){
  2975      rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0);
  2976    }
  2977    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
  2978      rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0);
  2979      testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
  2980    }
  2981    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){
  2982      /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success,
  2983      ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal.
  2984      */
  2985      rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster);
  2986      testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
  2987    }
  2988    if( isHot && nPlayback ){
  2989      sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s",
  2990                  nPlayback, pPager->zJournal);
  2991    }
  2992  
  2993    /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
  2994    ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
  2995    ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
  2996    */
  2997    setSectorSize(pPager);
  2998    return rc;
  2999  }
  3000  
  3001  
  3002  /*
  3003  ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file (or out of
  3004  ** the WAL if that is where the most recent copy if found) into 
  3005  ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
  3006  ** file before this function is called.
  3007  **
  3008  ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to
  3009  ** the value read from the database file.
  3010  **
  3011  ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller.
  3012  ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
  3013  */
  3014  static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg){
  3015    Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */
  3016    int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
  3017  
  3018  #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
  3019    u32 iFrame = 0;              /* Frame of WAL containing pgno */
  3020  
  3021    assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB );
  3022    assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
  3023  
  3024    if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
  3025      rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame);
  3026      if( rc ) return rc;
  3027    }
  3028    if( iFrame ){
  3029      rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame,pPager->pageSize,pPg->pData);
  3030    }else
  3031  #endif
  3032    {
  3033      i64 iOffset = (pPg->pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
  3034      rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pPager->pageSize, iOffset);
  3035      if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
  3036        rc = SQLITE_OK;
  3037      }
  3038    }
  3039  
  3040    if( pPg->pgno==1 ){
  3041      if( rc ){
  3042        /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something
  3043        ** that will never be a valid file version.  dbFileVers[] is a copy
  3044        ** of bytes 24..39 of the database.  Bytes 28..31 should always be
  3045        ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39
  3046        ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff.  So filling
  3047        ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice.
  3048        **
  3049        ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex:  bytes
  3050        ** 24..39 of the database are white noise.  But the probability of
  3051        ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so
  3052        ** we should still be ok.
  3053        */
  3054        memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
  3055      }else{
  3056        u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24];
  3057        memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
  3058      }
  3059    }
  3060    CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
  3061  
  3062    PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
  3063    PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
  3064    IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno));
  3065    PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
  3066                 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg)));
  3067  
  3068    return rc;
  3069  }
  3070  
  3071  /*
  3072  ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in
  3073  ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96.
  3074  **
  3075  ** This is an unconditional update.  See also the pager_incr_changecounter()
  3076  ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually
  3077  ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable.
  3078  */
  3079  static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){
  3080    u32 change_counter;
  3081  
  3082    /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
  3083    change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1;
  3084    put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter);
  3085  
  3086    /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in
  3087    ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number
  3088    ** is valid. */
  3089    put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter);
  3090    put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER);
  3091  }
  3092  
  3093  #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
  3094  /*
  3095  ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been 
  3096  ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back.
  3097  ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument 
  3098  ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure.
  3099  **
  3100  ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references,
  3101  ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding
  3102  ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the
  3103  ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails, 
  3104  ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
  3105  */
  3106  static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){
  3107    int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  3108    Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx;
  3109    PgHdr *pPg;
  3110  
  3111    assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
  3112    pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg);
  3113    if( pPg ){
  3114      if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){
  3115        sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
  3116      }else{
  3117        rc = readDbPage(pPg);
  3118        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
  3119          pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
  3120        }
  3121        sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
  3122      }
  3123    }
  3124  
  3125    /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are
  3126    ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the
  3127    ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as
  3128    ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one
  3129    ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore 
  3130    ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction,
  3131    ** the backups must be restarted.
  3132    */
  3133    sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
  3134  
  3135    return rc;
  3136  }
  3137  
  3138  /*
  3139  ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database.
  3140  */
  3141  static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){
  3142    int rc;                         /* Return Code */
  3143    PgHdr *pList;                   /* List of dirty pages to revert */
  3144  
  3145    /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already
  3146    ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the 
  3147    ** following:
  3148    **
  3149    **   + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or
  3150    **   + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0).
  3151    */
  3152    pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
  3153    rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager);
  3154    pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
  3155    while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
  3156      PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
  3157      rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno);
  3158      pList = pNext;
  3159    }
  3160  
  3161    return rc;
  3162  }
  3163  
  3164  /*
  3165  ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging
  3166  ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty),
  3167  ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have
  3168  ** changed. 
  3169  **
  3170  ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number.
  3171  ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page.
  3172  */ 
  3173  static int pagerWalFrames(
  3174    Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
  3175    PgHdr *pList,                   /* List of frames to log */
  3176    Pgno nTruncate,                 /* Database size after this commit */
  3177    int isCommit                    /* True if this is a commit */
  3178  ){
  3179    int rc;                         /* Return code */
  3180    int nList;                      /* Number of pages in pList */
  3181    PgHdr *p;                       /* For looping over pages */
  3182  
  3183    assert( pPager->pWal );
  3184    assert( pList );
  3185  #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  3186    /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */
  3187    for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){
  3188      assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno );
  3189    }
  3190  #endif
  3191  
  3192    assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit );
  3193    if( isCommit ){
  3194      /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing
  3195      ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file.
  3196      ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty
  3197      ** list here. */
  3198      PgHdr **ppNext = &pList;
  3199      nList = 0;
  3200      for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){
  3201        if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){
  3202          ppNext = &p->pDirty;
  3203          nList++;
  3204        }
  3205      }
  3206      assert( pList );
  3207    }else{
  3208      nList = 1;
  3209    }
  3210    pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList;
  3211  
  3212    if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
  3213    rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal, 
  3214        pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags
  3215    );
  3216    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){
  3217      for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
  3218        sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData);
  3219      }
  3220    }
  3221  
  3222  #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
  3223    pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
  3224    for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
  3225      pager_set_pagehash(p);
  3226    }
  3227  #endif
  3228  
  3229    return rc;
  3230  }
  3231  
  3232  /*
  3233  ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL.
  3234  **
  3235  ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially
  3236  ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves
  3237  ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by
  3238  ** other writers or checkpointers.
  3239  */
  3240  static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){
  3241    int rc;                         /* Return code */
  3242    int changed = 0;                /* True if cache must be reset */
  3243  
  3244    assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
  3245    assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
  3246  
  3247    /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous
  3248    ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.  So call it now.  If we
  3249    ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called,
  3250    ** the duplicate call is harmless.
  3251    */
  3252    sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
  3253  
  3254    rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed);
  3255    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){
  3256      pager_reset(pPager);
  3257      if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
  3258    }
  3259  
  3260    return rc;
  3261  }
  3262  #endif
  3263  
  3264  /*
  3265  ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN
  3266  ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file
  3267  ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize).
  3268  **
  3269  ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database
  3270  ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps
  3271  ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified.
  3272  */
  3273  static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){
  3274    Pgno nPage;                     /* Value to return via *pnPage */
  3275  
  3276    /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize()
  3277    ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or
  3278    ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not
  3279    ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or
  3280    ** contains no valid committed transactions.
  3281    */
  3282    assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
  3283    assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
  3284    assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
  3285    assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
  3286    nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal);
  3287  
  3288    /* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the
  3289    ** WAL sub-system, determine the page count based on the size of
  3290    ** the database file.  If the size of the database file is not an
  3291    ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result.
  3292    */
  3293    if( nPage==0 && ALWAYS(isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){
  3294      i64 n = 0;                    /* Size of db file in bytes */
  3295      int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n);
  3296      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
  3297        return rc;
  3298      }
  3299      nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize);
  3300    }
  3301  
  3302    /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the
  3303    ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so
  3304    ** that the file can be read.
  3305    */
  3306    if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){
  3307      pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage;
  3308    }
  3309  
  3310    *pnPage = nPage;
  3311    return SQLITE_OK;
  3312  }
  3313  
  3314  #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
  3315  /*
  3316  ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager
  3317  ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does
  3318  ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty.
  3319  **
  3320  ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager
  3321  ** in WAL mode.  If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and
  3322  ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to
  3323  ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL.
  3324  **
  3325  ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code.
  3326  **
  3327  ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this
  3328  ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete 
  3329  ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition 
  3330  ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some 
  3331  ** other connection.
  3332  */
  3333  static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){
  3334    int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  3335    assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
  3336    assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
  3337  
  3338    if( !pPager->tempFile ){
  3339      int isWal;                    /* True if WAL file exists */
  3340      rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
  3341          pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal
  3342      );
  3343      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
  3344        if( isWal ){
  3345          Pgno nPage;                   /* Size of the database file */
  3346  
  3347          rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
  3348          if( rc ) return rc;
  3349          if( nPage==0 ){
  3350            rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0);
  3351          }else{
  3352            testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
  3353            rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0);
  3354          }
  3355        }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
  3356          pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE;
  3357        }
  3358      }
  3359    }
  3360    return rc;
  3361  }
  3362  #endif
  3363  
  3364  /*
  3365  ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
  3366  ** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when 
  3367  ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction 
  3368  ** savepoint.
  3369  **
  3370  ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is 
  3371  ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
  3372  ** performed in the order specified:
  3373  **
  3374  **   * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
  3375  **     offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to 
  3376  **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
  3377  **     file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
  3378  **
  3379  **   * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
  3380  **     back starting from the journal header immediately following 
  3381  **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
  3382  **
  3383  **   * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
  3384  **     with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of
  3385  **     the journal file.
  3386  **
  3387  ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the
  3388  ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the
  3389  ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only
  3390  ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal.
  3391  **
  3392  ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main
  3393  ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
  3394  **
  3395  ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
  3396  ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint 
  3397  ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
  3398  ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
  3399  */
  3400  static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){
  3401    i64 szJ;                 /* Effective size of the main journal */
  3402    i64 iHdrOff;             /* End of first segment of main-journal records */
  3403    int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
  3404    Bitvec *pDone = 0;       /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */
  3405  
  3406    assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
  3407    assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
  3408  
  3409    /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */
  3410    if( pSavepoint ){
  3411      pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig);
  3412      if( !pDone ){
  3413        return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
  3414      }
  3415    }
  3416  
  3417    /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint 
  3418    ** being reverted was opened.
  3419    */
  3420    pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize;
  3421    pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
  3422  
  3423    if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
  3424      return pagerRollbackWal(pPager);
  3425    }
  3426  
  3427    /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback
  3428    ** journal.  The actual file might be larger than this in
  3429    ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST.  But anything
  3430    ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us.
  3431    */
  3432    szJ = pPager->journalOff;
  3433    assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 );
  3434  
  3435    /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at
  3436    ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header.
  3437    ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number
  3438    ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those
  3439    ** will be skipped automatically.  Pages are added to pDone as they
  3440    ** are played back.
  3441    */
  3442    if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
  3443      iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ;
  3444      pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset;
  3445      while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){
  3446        rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
  3447      }
  3448      assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
  3449    }else{
  3450      pPager->journalOff = 0;
  3451    }
  3452  
  3453    /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at
  3454    ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end
  3455    ** of the main journal file.  Continue to skip out-of-range pages and
  3456    ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone.
  3457    */
  3458    while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){
  3459      u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
  3460      u32 nJRec = 0;     /* Number of Journal Records */
  3461      u32 dummy;
  3462      rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy);
  3463      assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
  3464  
  3465      /*
  3466      ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff"
  3467      ** test is related to ticket #2565.  See the discussion in the
  3468      ** pager_playback() function for additional information.
  3469      */
  3470      if( nJRec==0 
  3471       && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff
  3472      ){
  3473        nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
  3474      }
  3475      for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){
  3476        rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
  3477      }
  3478      assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
  3479    }
  3480    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ );
  3481  
  3482    /* Finally,  rollback pages from the sub-journal.  Page that were
  3483    ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone)
  3484    ** will be skipped.  Out-of-range pages are also skipped.
  3485    */
  3486    if( pSavepoint ){
  3487      u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
  3488      i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
  3489  
  3490      if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
  3491        rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData);
  3492      }
  3493      for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){
  3494        assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) );
  3495        rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1);
  3496      }
  3497      assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
  3498    }
  3499  
  3500    sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone);
  3501    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
  3502      pPager->journalOff = szJ;
  3503    }
  3504  
  3505    return rc;
  3506  }
  3507  
  3508  /*
  3509  ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
  3510  ** before attempting to recycle clean and unused pages.
  3511  */
  3512  void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
  3513    sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
  3514  }
  3515  
  3516  /*
  3517  ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
  3518  ** before attempting to spill pages to journal.
  3519  */
  3520  int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
  3521    return sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
  3522  }
  3523  
  3524  /*
  3525  ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap.
  3526  */
  3527  static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){
  3528  #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
  3529    sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
  3530    if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){
  3531      sqlite3_int64 sz;
  3532      sz = pPager->szMmap;
  3533      pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0);
  3534      setGetterMethod(pPager);
  3535      sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz);
  3536    }
  3537  #endif
  3538  }
  3539  
  3540  /*
  3541  ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file.
  3542  */
  3543  void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){
  3544    pPager->szMmap = szMmap;
  3545    pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
  3546  }
  3547  
  3548  /*
  3549  ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager.
  3550  */
  3551  void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){
  3552    sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache);
  3553  }
  3554  
  3555  /*
  3556  ** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter.
  3557  **
  3558  ** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness
  3559  ** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by
  3560  ** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals.
  3561  ** There are four levels:
  3562  **
  3563  **    OFF       sqlite3OsSync() is never called.  This is the default
  3564  **              for temporary and transient files.
  3565  **
  3566  **    NORMAL    The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
  3567  **              database.  This is normally adequate protection, but
  3568  **              it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
  3569  **              that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
  3570  **              in a state which would cause damage to the database
  3571  **              when it is rolled back.
  3572  **
  3573  **    FULL      The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
  3574  **              database (with some additional information - the nRec field
  3575  **              of the journal header - being written in between the two
  3576  **              syncs).  If we assume that writing a
  3577  **              single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
  3578  **              assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
  3579  **              point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
  3580  **
  3581  **    EXTRA     This is like FULL except that is also syncs the directory
  3582  **              that contains the rollback journal after the rollback
  3583  **              journal is unlinked.
  3584  **
  3585  ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode.  For WAL mode, OFF continues
  3586  ** to mean that no syncs ever occur.  NORMAL means that the WAL is synced
  3587  ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced
  3588  ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL
  3589  ** was written back into the database.  But no sync operations occur for
  3590  ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL.  FULL means that the WAL
  3591  ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the
  3592  ** syncs associated with NORMAL.  There is no difference between FULL
  3593  ** and EXTRA for WAL mode.
  3594  **
  3595  ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL.  The
  3596  ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync
  3597  ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC).  SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an
  3598  ** ordinary fsync() call.  There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
  3599  ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX.  But the
  3600  ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when
  3601  ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms.
  3602  **
  3603  ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
  3604  ** and FULL=3.
  3605  */
  3606  #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
  3607  void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(
  3608    Pager *pPager,        /* The pager to set safety level for */
  3609    unsigned pgFlags      /* Various flags */
  3610  ){
  3611    unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK;
  3612    if( pPager->tempFile ){
  3613      pPager->noSync = 1;
  3614      pPager->fullSync = 0;
  3615      pPager->extraSync = 0;
  3616    }else{
  3617      pPager->noSync =  level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF ?1:0;
  3618      pPager->fullSync = level>=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL ?1:0;
  3619      pPager->extraSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA ?1:0;
  3620    }
  3621    if( pPager->noSync ){
  3622      pPager->syncFlags = 0;
  3623    }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){
  3624      pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
  3625    }else{
  3626      pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
  3627    }
  3628    pPager->walSyncFlags = (pPager->syncFlags<<2);
  3629    if( pPager->fullSync ){
  3630      pPager->walSyncFlags |= pPager->syncFlags;
  3631    }
  3632    if( (pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC) && !pPager->noSync ){
  3633      pPager->walSyncFlags |= (SQLITE_SYNC_FULL<<2);
  3634    }
  3635    if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){
  3636      pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF;
  3637    }else{
  3638      pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF;
  3639    }
  3640  }
  3641  #endif
  3642  
  3643  /*
  3644  ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
  3645  ** attempts to open a temporary file.  This information is used for
  3646  ** testing and analysis only.  
  3647  */
  3648  #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  3649  int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
  3650  #endif
  3651  
  3652  /*
  3653  ** Open a temporary file.
  3654  **
  3655  ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success 
  3656  ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically 
  3657  ** delete the temporary file when it is closed.
  3658  **
  3659  ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified
  3660  ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following:
  3661  **
  3662  **     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
  3663  **     SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
  3664  **     SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
  3665  **     SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
  3666  */
  3667  static int pagerOpentemp(
  3668    Pager *pPager,        /* The pager object */
  3669    sqlite3_file *pFile,  /* Write the file descriptor here */
  3670    int vfsFlags          /* Flags passed through to the VFS */
  3671  ){
  3672    int rc;               /* Return code */
  3673  
  3674  #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  3675    sqlite3_opentemp_count++;  /* Used for testing and analysis only */
  3676  #endif
  3677  
  3678    vfsFlags |=  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
  3679              SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
  3680    rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0);
  3681    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) );
  3682    return rc;
  3683  }
  3684  
  3685  /*
  3686  ** Set the busy handler function.
  3687  **
  3688  ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns 
  3689  ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock,
  3690  ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE 
  3691  ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from
  3692  ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE
  3693  ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary:
  3694  **
  3695  **   Transition                        | Invokes xBusyHandler
  3696  **   --------------------------------------------------------
  3697  **   NO_LOCK       -> SHARED_LOCK      | Yes
  3698  **   SHARED_LOCK   -> RESERVED_LOCK    | No
  3699  **   SHARED_LOCK   -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | No
  3700  **   RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | Yes
  3701  **
  3702  ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is 
  3703  ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
  3704  ** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
  3705  */
  3706  void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(
  3707    Pager *pPager,                       /* Pager object */
  3708    int (*xBusyHandler)(void *),         /* Pointer to busy-handler function */
  3709    void *pBusyHandlerArg                /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */
  3710  ){
  3711    pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler;
  3712    pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg;
  3713  
  3714    if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
  3715      void **ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler;
  3716      assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler );
  3717      assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg );
  3718      sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap);
  3719    }
  3720  }
  3721  
  3722  /*
  3723  ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size 
  3724  ** is passed in *pPageSize.
  3725  **
  3726  ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
  3727  ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e. 
  3728  ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL).
  3729  **
  3730  ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true:
  3731  **
  3732  **   * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power 
  3733  **     of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and
  3734  **
  3735  **   * there are no outstanding page references, and
  3736  **
  3737  **   * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is
  3738  **     an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages.
  3739  **
  3740  ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize.
  3741  **
  3742  ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc() 
  3743  ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt 
  3744  ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged. 
  3745  ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
  3746  **
  3747  ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated
  3748  ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this
  3749  ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed, 
  3750  ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning.
  3751  */
  3752  int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){
  3753    int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  3754  
  3755    /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this
  3756    ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state
  3757    ** of the Pager object is internally consistent.
  3758    **
  3759    ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in 
  3760    ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that
  3761    ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function
  3762    ** is a no-op for that case anyhow.
  3763    */
  3764  
  3765    u32 pageSize = *pPageSize;
  3766    assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
  3767    if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0)
  3768     && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 
  3769     && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize 
  3770    ){
  3771      char *pNew = NULL;             /* New temp space */
  3772      i64 nByte = 0;
  3773  
  3774      if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
  3775        rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte);
  3776      }
  3777      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
  3778        pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize);
  3779        if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
  3780      }
  3781  
  3782      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
  3783        pager_reset(pPager);
  3784        rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize);
  3785      }
  3786      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
  3787        sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
  3788        pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
  3789        pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize);
  3790        pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
  3791      }else{
  3792        sqlite3PageFree(pNew);
  3793      }
  3794    }
  3795  
  3796    *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
  3797    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
  3798      if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve;
  3799      assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 );
  3800      pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve;
  3801      pagerReportSize(pPager);
  3802      pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
  3803    }
  3804    return rc;
  3805  }
  3806  
  3807  /*
  3808  ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally
  3809  ** by the pager.  This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the
  3810  ** entire content of a database page.  This buffer is used internally
  3811  ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback
  3812  ** occurs.  But other modules are free to use it too, as long as
  3813  ** no rollbacks are happening.
  3814  */
  3815  void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){
  3816    return pPager->pTmpSpace;
  3817  }
  3818  
  3819  /*
  3820  ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive. 
  3821  ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative.  And never reduce the
  3822  ** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
  3823  **
  3824  ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
  3825  */
  3826  int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
  3827    if( mxPage>0 ){
  3828      pPager->mxPgno = mxPage;
  3829    }
  3830    assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );      /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */
  3831    assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize );  /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */
  3832    return pPager->mxPgno;
  3833  }
  3834  
  3835  /*
  3836  ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated
  3837  ** I/O error mechanism.  These routines are used to avoid simulated
  3838  ** errors in places where we do not care about errors.
  3839  **
  3840  ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops
  3841  ** and generate no code.
  3842  */
  3843  #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  3844  extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
  3845  extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
  3846  static int saved_cnt;
  3847  void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){
  3848    saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending;
  3849    sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1;
  3850  }
  3851  void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
  3852    sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt;
  3853  }
  3854  #else
  3855  # define disable_simulated_io_errors()
  3856  # define enable_simulated_io_errors()
  3857  #endif
  3858  
  3859  /*
  3860  ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
  3861  ** that pDest points to. 
  3862  **
  3863  ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or
  3864  ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is
  3865  ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this 
  3866  ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or
  3867  ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes.
  3868  **
  3869  ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered,
  3870  ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the
  3871  ** output buffer undefined.
  3872  */
  3873  int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){
  3874    int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  3875    memset(pDest, 0, N);
  3876    assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
  3877  
  3878    /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating
  3879    ** the Pager object.  There has not been an opportunity to transition
  3880    ** to WAL mode yet.
  3881    */
  3882    assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
  3883  
  3884    if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
  3885      IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N))
  3886      rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0);
  3887      if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
  3888        rc = SQLITE_OK;
  3889      }
  3890    }
  3891    return rc;
  3892  }
  3893  
  3894  /*
  3895  ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on
  3896  ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database.
  3897  **
  3898  ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then 
  3899  ** this is considered a 1 page file.
  3900  */
  3901  void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
  3902    assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
  3903    assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED );
  3904    *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize;
  3905  }
  3906  
  3907  
  3908  /*
  3909  ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If
  3910  ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op
  3911  ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately).
  3912  **
  3913  ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke 
  3914  ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat 
  3915  ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to 
  3916  ** obtain the lock succeeds.
  3917  **
  3918  ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
  3919  ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state 
  3920  ** variable to locktype before returning.
  3921  */
  3922  static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
  3923    int rc;                              /* Return code */
  3924  
  3925    /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is 
  3926    ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler
  3927    ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
  3928    ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
  3929    */
  3930    assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype)
  3931         || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK)
  3932         || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
  3933    );
  3934  
  3935    do {
  3936      rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype);
  3937    }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) );
  3938    return rc;
  3939  }
  3940  
  3941  /*
  3942  ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the 
  3943  ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache:
  3944  **
  3945  **   a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the 
  3946  **      current database image, in pages, OR
  3947  **
  3948  **   b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not
  3949  **      be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal
  3950  **      (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()).
  3951  **
  3952  ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the
  3953  ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress()
  3954  ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to
  3955  ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after
  3956  ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current
  3957  ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either
  3958  ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and 
  3959  ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the
  3960  ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that 
  3961  ** this circumstance cannot arise.
  3962  */
  3963  #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
  3964  static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){
  3965    assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
  3966    assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize );
  3967  }
  3968  static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){
  3969    sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb);
  3970  }
  3971  #else
  3972  # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager)
  3973  #endif
  3974  
  3975  /*
  3976  ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This 
  3977  ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It 
  3978  ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the 
  3979  ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed.
  3980  **
  3981  ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction.
  3982  ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be
  3983  ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and
  3984  ** then continue writing to the database.
  3985  */
  3986  void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
  3987    assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage );
  3988    assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
  3989    pPager->dbSize = nPage;
  3990  
  3991    /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to
  3992    ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are,
  3993    ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint 
  3994    ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled
  3995    ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only
  3996    ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the 
  3997    ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0), 
  3998    ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call
  3999    ** is no longer correct. */
  4000  }
  4001  
  4002  
  4003  /*
  4004  ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It
  4005  ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the
  4006  ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows
  4007  ** that the entire journal file has been synced.
  4008  **
  4009  ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures 
  4010  ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that
  4011  ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal
  4012  ** content as this process.
  4013  **
  4014  ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, 
  4015  ** an SQLite error code.
  4016  */
  4017  static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){
  4018    int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  4019    if( !pPager->noSync ){
  4020      rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
  4021    }
  4022    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
  4023      rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr);
  4024    }
  4025    return rc;
  4026  }
  4027  
  4028  #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
  4029  /*
  4030  ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno. 
  4031  ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch().
  4032  ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference
  4033  ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set
  4034  ** *ppPage to zero.
  4035  **
  4036  ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released
  4037  ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage().
  4038  */
  4039  static int pagerAcquireMapPage(
  4040    Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
  4041    Pgno pgno,                      /* Page number */
  4042    void *pData,                    /* xFetch()'d data for this page */
  4043    PgHdr **ppPage                  /* OUT: Acquired page object */
  4044  ){
  4045    PgHdr *p;                       /* Memory mapped page to return */
  4046    
  4047    if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){
  4048      *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
  4049      pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty;
  4050      p->pDirty = 0;
  4051      assert( pPager->nExtra>=8 );
  4052      memset(p->pExtra, 0, 8);
  4053    }else{
  4054      *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra);
  4055      if( p==0 ){
  4056        sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData);
  4057        return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
  4058      }
  4059      p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1];
  4060      p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP;
  4061      p->nRef = 1;
  4062      p->pPager = pPager;
  4063    }
  4064  
  4065    assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] );
  4066    assert( p->pPage==0 );
  4067    assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP );
  4068    assert( p->pPager==pPager );
  4069    assert( p->nRef==1 );
  4070  
  4071    p->pgno = pgno;
  4072    p->pData = pData;
  4073    pPager->nMmapOut++;
  4074  
  4075    return SQLITE_OK;
  4076  }
  4077  #endif
  4078  
  4079  /*
  4080  ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an 
  4081  ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage().
  4082  */
  4083  static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){
  4084    Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
  4085    pPager->nMmapOut--;
  4086    pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
  4087    pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg;
  4088  
  4089    assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 );
  4090    sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData);
  4091  }
  4092  
  4093  /*
  4094  ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list.
  4095  */
  4096  static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){
  4097    PgHdr *p;
  4098    PgHdr *pNext;
  4099    for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){
  4100      pNext = p->pDirty;
  4101      sqlite3_free(p);
  4102    }
  4103  }
  4104  
  4105  
  4106  /*
  4107  ** Shutdown the page cache.  Free all memory and close all files.
  4108  **
  4109  ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
  4110  ** transaction is rolled back.  All outstanding pages are invalidated
  4111  ** and their memory is freed.  Any attempt to use a page associated
  4112  ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
  4113  ** result in a coredump.
  4114  **
  4115  ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
  4116  ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback 
  4117  ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
  4118  ** to the caller.
  4119  */
  4120  int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
  4121    u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace;
  4122  
  4123    assert( db || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
  4124    assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
  4125    disable_simulated_io_errors();
  4126    sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
  4127    pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager);
  4128    /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
  4129    pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
  4130  #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
  4131    assert( db || pPager->pWal==0 );
  4132    sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize,
  4133        (db && (db->flags & SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose) ? 0 : pTmp)
  4134    );
  4135    pPager->pWal = 0;
  4136  #endif
  4137    pager_reset(pPager);
  4138    if( MEMDB ){
  4139      pager_unlock(pPager);
  4140    }else{
  4141      /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
  4142      ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal 
  4143      ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs 
  4144      ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt.
  4145      **
  4146      ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager
  4147      ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the
  4148      ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it
  4149      ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal
  4150      ** rollback before accessing the database file.
  4151      */
  4152      if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
  4153        pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager));
  4154      }
  4155      pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
  4156    }
  4157    sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
  4158    enable_simulated_io_errors();
  4159    PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
  4160    IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager))
  4161    sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
  4162    sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
  4163    sqlite3PageFree(pTmp);
  4164    sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache);
  4165  
  4166  #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
  4167    if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
  4168  #endif
  4169  
  4170    assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal );
  4171    assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) );
  4172  
  4173    sqlite3_free(pPager);
  4174    return SQLITE_OK;
  4175  }
  4176  
  4177  #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
  4178  /*
  4179  ** Return the page number for page pPg.
  4180  */
  4181  Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){
  4182    return pPg->pgno;
  4183  }
  4184  #endif
  4185  
  4186  /*
  4187  ** Increment the reference count for page pPg.
  4188  */
  4189  void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){
  4190    sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg);
  4191  }
  4192  
  4193  /*
  4194  ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have
  4195  ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
  4196  ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback.
  4197  **
  4198  ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op.
  4199  ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the 
  4200  ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows:
  4201  **
  4202  **   * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need
  4203  **     be taken.
  4204  **
  4205  **   * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property,
  4206  **     then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header
  4207  **     is updated to contain the number of journal records that have
  4208  **     been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync
  4209  **     mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated.
  4210  **
  4211  **   * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then 
  4212  **     journal file is synced.
  4213  **
  4214  ** Or, in pseudo-code:
  4215  **
  4216  **   if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){
  4217  **     if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){
  4218  **       if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>);
  4219  **       <update nRec field>
  4220  **     } 
  4221  **     if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>);
  4222  **   }
  4223  **
  4224  ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every 
  4225  ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO
  4226  ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller.
  4227  */
  4228  static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){
  4229    int rc;                         /* Return code */
  4230  
  4231    assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
  4232         || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
  4233    );
  4234    assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
  4235    assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
  4236  
  4237    rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
  4238    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
  4239  
  4240    if( !pPager->noSync ){
  4241      assert( !pPager->tempFile );
  4242      if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
  4243        const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
  4244        assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
  4245  
  4246        if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
  4247          /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection
  4248          ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal
  4249          ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger
  4250          ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal
  4251          ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the
  4252          ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure 
  4253          ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes 
  4254          ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its 
  4255          ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the 
  4256          ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all
  4257          ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old,
  4258          ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption.
  4259          **
  4260          ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain
  4261          ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00
  4262          ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized.
  4263          **
  4264          ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this
  4265          ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used 
  4266          ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of
  4267          ** the potential journal header.
  4268          */
  4269          i64 iNextHdrOffset;
  4270          u8 aMagic[8];
  4271          u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4];
  4272  
  4273          memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
  4274          put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec);
  4275  
  4276          iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
  4277          rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset);
  4278          if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){
  4279            static const u8 zerobyte = 0;
  4280            rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset);
  4281          }
  4282          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
  4283            return rc;
  4284          }
  4285  
  4286          /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
  4287          ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
  4288          ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
  4289          ** it as a candidate for rollback.
  4290          **
  4291          ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
  4292          ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible 
  4293          ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
  4294          ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
  4295          ** and never needs to be updated.
  4296          */
  4297          if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
  4298            PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
  4299            IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
  4300            rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
  4301            if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
  4302          }
  4303          IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr));
  4304          rc = sqlite3OsWrite(
  4305              pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr
  4306          );
  4307          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
  4308        }
  4309        if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
  4310          PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
  4311          IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
  4312          rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags| 
  4313            (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0)
  4314          );
  4315          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
  4316        }
  4317  
  4318        pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
  4319        if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
  4320          pPager->nRec = 0;
  4321          rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
  4322          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
  4323        }
  4324      }else{
  4325        pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
  4326      }
  4327    }
  4328  
  4329    /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just 
  4330    ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on 
  4331    ** all pages.
  4332    */
  4333    sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache);
  4334    pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD;
  4335    assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
  4336    return SQLITE_OK;
  4337  }
  4338  
  4339  /*
  4340  ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected
  4341  ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the
  4342  ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may
  4343  ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is
  4344  ** a no-op.
  4345  **
  4346  ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function
  4347  ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock
  4348  ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained,
  4349  ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file.
  4350  ** 
  4351  ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file
  4352  ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is 
  4353  ** written out.
  4354  **
  4355  ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened,
  4356  ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing
  4357  ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria:
  4358  **
  4359  **   * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or
  4360  **   * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page.
  4361  **
  4362  ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize
  4363  ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached
  4364  ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in
  4365  ** the database file.
  4366  **
  4367  ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error 
  4368  ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot
  4369  ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
  4370  */
  4371  static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){
  4372    int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
  4373  
  4374    /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */
  4375    assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
  4376    assert( pPager->tempFile || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
  4377    assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
  4378    assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pList->pDirty==0 );
  4379  
  4380    /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It
  4381    ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch
  4382    ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files.
  4383    */
  4384    if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
  4385      assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK );
  4386      rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags);
  4387    }
  4388  
  4389    /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final
  4390    ** file size will be.
  4391    */
  4392    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) );
  4393    if( rc==SQLITE_OK 
  4394     && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize
  4395     && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize)
  4396    ){
  4397      sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize;
  4398      sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile);
  4399      pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
  4400    }
  4401  
  4402    while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
  4403      Pgno pgno = pList->pgno;
  4404  
  4405      /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater
  4406      ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to
  4407      ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write
  4408      ** any such pages to the file.
  4409      **
  4410      ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag
  4411      ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()).
  4412      */
  4413      if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){
  4414        i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;   /* Offset to write */
  4415        char *pData;                                   /* Data to write */    
  4416  
  4417        assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
  4418        if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
  4419  
  4420        /* Encode the database */
  4421        CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData);
  4422  
  4423        /* Write out the page data. */
  4424        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
  4425  
  4426        /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match
  4427        ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this 
  4428        ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize. 
  4429        */
  4430        if( pgno==1 ){
  4431          memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
  4432        }
  4433        if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
  4434          pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
  4435        }
  4436        pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
  4437  
  4438        /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */
  4439        sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData);
  4440  
  4441        PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
  4442                     PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList)));
  4443        IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
  4444        PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count);
  4445      }else{
  4446        PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno));
  4447      }
  4448      pager_set_pagehash(pList);
  4449      pList = pList->pDirty;
  4450    }
  4451  
  4452    return rc;
  4453  }
  4454  
  4455  /*
  4456  ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this 
  4457  ** function is a no-op.
  4458  **
  4459  ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An 
  4460  ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen() 
  4461  ** fails.
  4462  */
  4463  static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){
  4464    int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  4465    if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
  4466      const int flags =  SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 
  4467        | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 
  4468        | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
  4469      int nStmtSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill;
  4470      if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){
  4471        nStmtSpill = -1;
  4472      }
  4473      rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pPager->sjfd, flags, nStmtSpill);
  4474    }
  4475    return rc;
  4476  }
  4477  
  4478  /*
  4479  ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal. 
  4480  **
  4481  ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs
  4482  ** for all open savepoints before returning.
  4483  **
  4484  ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO
  4485  ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or 
  4486  ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint
  4487  ** bitvec.
  4488  */
  4489  static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){
  4490    int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  4491    Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
  4492    if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
  4493  
  4494      /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */
  4495      assert( pPager->useJournal );
  4496      assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) );
  4497      assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 );
  4498      assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) 
  4499           || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) 
  4500           || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize 
  4501      );
  4502      rc = openSubJournal(pPager);
  4503  
  4504      /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open),
  4505      ** write the journal record into the file.  */
  4506      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
  4507        void *pData = pPg->pData;
  4508        i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
  4509        char *pData2;
  4510  
  4511  #if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC   
  4512        if( !pPager->subjInMemory ){
  4513          CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2);
  4514        }else
  4515  #endif
  4516        pData2 = pData;
  4517        PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
  4518        rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno);
  4519        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
  4520          rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
  4521        }
  4522      }
  4523    }
  4524    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
  4525      pPager->nSubRec++;
  4526      assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 );
  4527      rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
  4528    }
  4529    return rc;
  4530  }
  4531  static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr *pPg){
  4532    if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
  4533      return subjournalPage(pPg);
  4534    }else{
  4535      return SQLITE_OK;
  4536    }
  4537  }
  4538  
  4539  /*
  4540  ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
  4541  ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object
  4542  ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory
  4543  ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is 
  4544  ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page
  4545  ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first 
  4546  ** argument.
  4547  **
  4548  ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents
  4549  ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the
  4550  ** journal file. 
  4551  **
  4552  ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and
  4553  ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the
  4554  ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be
  4555  ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK
  4556  ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called.
  4557  */
  4558  static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){
  4559    Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p;
  4560    int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  4561  
  4562    assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
  4563    assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
  4564  
  4565    /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of
  4566    ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed.  This occurs
  4567    ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple
  4568    ** pages belonging to the same sector.
  4569    **
  4570    ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling
  4571    ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required.  This is set during
  4572    ** a rollback or by user request, respectively.
  4573    **
  4574    ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
  4575    ** lead to database corruption.   In the current implementation it 
  4576    ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3
  4577    ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
  4578    ** be called in the error state.  Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
  4579    ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
  4580    */
  4581    if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK;
  4582    testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK );
  4583    testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF );
  4584    testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC );
  4585    if( pPager->doNotSpill
  4586     && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0
  4587        || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0)
  4588    ){
  4589      return SQLITE_OK;
  4590    }
  4591  
  4592    pPg->pDirty = 0;
  4593    if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
  4594      /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
  4595      rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); 
  4596      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
  4597        rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0);
  4598      }
  4599    }else{
  4600      
  4601  #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
  4602      if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){
  4603        rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
  4604        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return pager_error(pPager, rc);
  4605      }
  4606  #endif
  4607    
  4608      /* Sync the journal file if required. */
  4609      if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 
  4610       || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
  4611      ){
  4612        rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1);
  4613      }
  4614    
  4615      /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
  4616      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
  4617        assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
  4618        rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg);
  4619      }
  4620    }
  4621  
  4622    /* Mark the page as clean. */
  4623    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
  4624      PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
  4625      sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
  4626    }
  4627  
  4628    return pager_error(pPager, rc); 
  4629  }
  4630  
  4631  /*
  4632  ** Flush all unreferenced dirty pages to disk.
  4633  */
  4634  int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager *pPager){
  4635    int rc = pPager->errCode;
  4636    if( !MEMDB ){
  4637      PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
  4638      assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
  4639      while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
  4640        PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
  4641        if( pList->nRef==0 ){
  4642          rc = pagerStress((void*)pPager, pList);
  4643        }
  4644        pList = pNext;
  4645      }
  4646    }
  4647  
  4648    return rc;
  4649  }
  4650  
  4651  /*
  4652  ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it
  4653  ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it
  4654  ** to sqlite3PagerClose().
  4655  **
  4656  ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open.
  4657  ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
  4658  ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted
  4659  ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then 
  4660  ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk. 
  4661  ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database.
  4662  **
  4663  ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated
  4664  ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user
  4665  ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API.  When a new page is allocated, the
  4666  ** first 8 bytes of this space are zeroed but the remainder is uninitialized.
  4667  ** (The extra space is used by btree as the MemPage object.)
  4668  **
  4669  ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the
  4670  ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination
  4671  ** of the PAGER_* flags.
  4672  **
  4673  ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter
  4674  ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files. 
  4675  **
  4676  ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened 
  4677  ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to
  4678  ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL
  4679  ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM
  4680  ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or 
  4681  ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors.
  4682  */
  4683  int sqlite3PagerOpen(
  4684    sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,       /* The virtual file system to use */
  4685    Pager **ppPager,         /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */
  4686    const char *zFilename,   /* Name of the database file to open */
  4687    int nExtra,              /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
  4688    int flags,               /* flags controlling this file */
  4689    int vfsFlags,            /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
  4690    void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */
  4691  ){
  4692    u8 *pPtr;
  4693    Pager *pPager = 0;       /* Pager object to allocate and return */
  4694    int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
  4695    int tempFile = 0;        /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */
  4696    int memDb = 0;           /* True if this is an in-memory file */
  4697    int readOnly = 0;        /* True if this is a read-only file */
  4698    int journalFileSize;     /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */
  4699    char *zPathname = 0;     /* Full path to database file */
  4700    int nPathname = 0;       /* Number of bytes in zPathname */
  4701    int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */
  4702    int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize();       /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */
  4703    u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;  /* Default page size */
  4704    const char *zUri = 0;    /* URI args to copy */
  4705    int nUri = 0;            /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */
  4706  
  4707    /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle
  4708    ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal).  */
  4709    journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
  4710  
  4711    /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */
  4712    *ppPager = 0;
  4713  
  4714  #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
  4715    if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){
  4716      memDb = 1;
  4717      if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
  4718        zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename);
  4719        if( zPathname==0  ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
  4720        nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
  4721        zFilename = 0;
  4722      }
  4723    }
  4724  #endif
  4725  
  4726    /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
  4727    ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
  4728    ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0.
  4729    */
  4730    if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
  4731      const char *z;
  4732      nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
  4733      zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2);
  4734      if( zPathname==0 ){
  4735        return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
  4736      }
  4737      zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */
  4738      rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname);
  4739      nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
  4740      z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1];
  4741      while( *z ){
  4742        z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
  4743        z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
  4744      }
  4745      nUri = (int)(&z[1] - zUri);
  4746      assert( nUri>=0 );
  4747      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){
  4748        /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by
  4749        ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname
  4750        ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened,
  4751        ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even
  4752        ** check for a hot-journal before reading.
  4753        */
  4754        rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
  4755      }
  4756      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
  4757        sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
  4758        return rc;
  4759      }
  4760    }
  4761  
  4762    /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the
  4763    ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal 
  4764    ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows:
  4765    **
  4766    **     Pager object                    (sizeof(Pager) bytes)
  4767    **     PCache object                   (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes)
  4768    **     Database file handle            (pVfs->szOsFile bytes)
  4769    **     Sub-journal file handle         (journalFileSize bytes)
  4770    **     Main journal file handle        (journalFileSize bytes)
  4771    **     Database file name              (nPathname+1 bytes)
  4772    **     Journal file name               (nPathname+8+1 bytes)
  4773    */
  4774    pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero(
  4775      ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) +      /* Pager structure */
  4776      ROUND8(pcacheSize) +           /* PCache object */
  4777      ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) +       /* The main db file */
  4778      journalFileSize * 2 +          /* The two journal files */ 
  4779      nPathname + 1 + nUri +         /* zFilename */
  4780      nPathname + 8 + 2              /* zJournal */
  4781  #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
  4782      + nPathname + 4 + 2            /* zWal */
  4783  #endif
  4784    );
  4785    assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) );
  4786    if( !pPtr ){
  4787      sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
  4788      return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
  4789    }
  4790    pPager =              (Pager*)(pPtr);
  4791    pPager->pPCache =    (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)));
  4792    pPager->fd =   (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize));
  4793    pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile));
  4794    pPager->jfd =  (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
  4795    pPager->zFilename =    (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
  4796    assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) );
  4797  
  4798    /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */
  4799    if( zPathname ){
  4800      assert( nPathname>0 );
  4801      pPager->zJournal =   (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri);
  4802      memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname);
  4803      if( nUri ) memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri);
  4804      memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname);
  4805      memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal\000", 8+2);
  4806      sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal);
  4807  #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
  4808      pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1];
  4809      memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname);
  4810      memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal\000", 4+1);
  4811      sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal);
  4812  #endif
  4813      sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
  4814    }
  4815    pPager->pVfs = pVfs;
  4816    pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags;
  4817  
  4818    /* Open the pager file.
  4819    */
  4820    if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
  4821      int fout = 0;                    /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */
  4822      rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout);
  4823      assert( !memDb );
  4824      readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
  4825  
  4826      /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
  4827      ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
  4828      ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
  4829      **
  4830      **    + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
  4831      **    + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
  4832      **    + The largest page size that can be written atomically.
  4833      */
  4834      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
  4835        int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
  4836        if( !readOnly ){
  4837          setSectorSize(pPager);
  4838          assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE);
  4839          if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){
  4840            if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){
  4841              szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
  4842            }else{
  4843              szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize;
  4844            }
  4845          }
  4846  #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
  4847          {
  4848            int ii;
  4849            assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
  4850            assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
  4851            assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536);
  4852            for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){
  4853              if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){
  4854                szPageDflt = ii;
  4855              }
  4856            }
  4857          }
  4858  #endif
  4859        }
  4860        pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "nolock", 0);
  4861        if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0
  4862         || sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){
  4863            vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
  4864            goto act_like_temp_file;
  4865        }
  4866      }
  4867    }else{
  4868      /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately.
  4869      ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually
  4870      ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite().
  4871      **
  4872      ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory
  4873      ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to
  4874      ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal.
  4875      **
  4876      ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable.
  4877      */ 
  4878  act_like_temp_file:
  4879      tempFile = 1;
  4880      pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;     /* Pretend we already have a lock */
  4881      pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;    /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE mode */
  4882      pPager->noLock = 1;                /* Do no locking */
  4883      readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
  4884    }
  4885  
  4886    /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of 
  4887    ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer.
  4888    */
  4889    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
  4890      assert( pPager->memDb==0 );
  4891      rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1);
  4892      testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
  4893    }
  4894  
  4895    /* Initialize the PCache object. */
  4896    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
  4897      nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra);
  4898      assert( nExtra>=8 && nExtra<1000 );
  4899      rc = sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb,
  4900                         !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache);
  4901    }
  4902  
  4903    /* If an error occurred above, free the  Pager structure and close the file.
  4904    */
  4905    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
  4906      sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
  4907      sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
  4908      sqlite3_free(pPager);
  4909      return rc;
  4910    }
  4911  
  4912    PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename));
  4913    IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename))
  4914  
  4915    pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal;
  4916    /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
  4917    /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
  4918    /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
  4919    /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
  4920    /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
  4921    /* pPager->nPage = 0; */
  4922    pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT;
  4923    /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
  4924    /* pPager->errMask = 0; */
  4925    pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile;
  4926    assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 
  4927            || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
  4928    assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 );
  4929    pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile; 
  4930    pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
  4931    pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb;
  4932    pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly;
  4933    assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile );
  4934    pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile;
  4935    if( pPager->noSync ){
  4936      assert( pPager->fullSync==0 );
  4937      assert( pPager->extraSync==0 );
  4938      assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 );
  4939      assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 );
  4940    }else{
  4941      pPager->fullSync = 1;
  4942      pPager->extraSync = 0;
  4943      pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
  4944      pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | (SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL<<2);
  4945    }
  4946    /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
  4947    /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
  4948    /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
  4949    pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra;
  4950    pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT;
  4951    assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile );
  4952    setSectorSize(pPager);
  4953    if( !useJournal ){
  4954      pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF;
  4955    }else if( memDb ){
  4956      pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY;
  4957    }
  4958    /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */
  4959    /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
  4960    pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
  4961    setGetterMethod(pPager);
  4962    /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
  4963    /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */
  4964  
  4965    *ppPager = pPager;
  4966    return SQLITE_OK;
  4967  }
  4968  
  4969  
  4970  /* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from
  4971  ** under the pager.  Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still were it ought
  4972  ** to be on disk.  Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error
  4973  ** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing.
  4974  */
  4975  static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){
  4976    int bHasMoved = 0;
  4977    int rc;
  4978  
  4979    if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK;
  4980    if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
  4981    assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] );
  4982    rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved);
  4983    if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
  4984      /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file
  4985      ** has not been moved.  That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to
  4986      ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */
  4987      rc = SQLITE_OK;
  4988    }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){
  4989      rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED;
  4990    }
  4991    return rc;
  4992  }
  4993  
  4994  
  4995  /*
  4996  ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
  4997  ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
  4998  ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that 
  4999  ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
  5000  ** file exists if the following criteria are met:
  5001  **
  5002  **   * The journal file exists in the file system, and
  5003  **   * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and
  5004  **   * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and
  5005  **   * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00.
  5006  **
  5007  ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
  5008  ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
  5009  ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is
  5010  ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK
  5011  ** is returned.
  5012  **
  5013  ** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename
  5014  ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file
  5015  ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this
  5016  ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback()
  5017  ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and 
  5018  ** will not roll it back. 
  5019  **
  5020  ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and 
  5021  ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is
  5022  ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying
  5023  ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error
  5024  ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined.
  5025  */
  5026  static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){
  5027    sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
  5028    int rc = SQLITE_OK;           /* Return code */
  5029    int exists = 1;               /* True if a journal file is present */
  5030    int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd);
  5031  
  5032    assert( pPager->useJournal );
  5033    assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
  5034    assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
  5035  
  5036    assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) &
  5037      SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
  5038    ));
  5039  
  5040    *pExists = 0;
  5041    if( !jrnlOpen ){
  5042      rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
  5043    }
  5044    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){
  5045      int locked = 0;             /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
  5046  
  5047      /* Race condition here:  Another process might have been holding the
  5048      ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess() 
  5049      ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before
  5050      ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call.  If that
  5051      ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when
  5052      ** in fact there is none.  This results in a false-positive which will
  5053      ** be dealt with by the playback routine.  Ticket #3883.
  5054      */
  5055      rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked);
  5056      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){
  5057        Pgno nPage;                 /* Number of pages in database file */
  5058  
  5059        assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
  5060        rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
  5061        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
  5062          /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the
  5063          ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where
  5064          ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial
  5065          ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back.
  5066          ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted.  However, take care
  5067          ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to
  5068          ** journal_mode=PERSIST.
  5069          */
  5070          if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){
  5071            sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
  5072            if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){
  5073              sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
  5074              if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
  5075            }
  5076            sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
  5077          }else{
  5078            /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved
  5079            ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is
  5080            ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file.
  5081            ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not, 
  5082            ** it can be ignored.
  5083            */
  5084            if( !jrnlOpen ){
  5085              int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
  5086              rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f);
  5087            }
  5088            if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
  5089              u8 first = 0;
  5090              rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0);
  5091              if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
  5092                rc = SQLITE_OK;
  5093              }
  5094              if( !jrnlOpen ){
  5095                sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
  5096              }
  5097              *pExists = (first!=0);
  5098            }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
  5099              /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if
  5100              ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or
  5101              ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in
  5102              ** ticket #3883.  Either way, assume that the journal is hot.
  5103              ** This might be a false positive.  But if it is, then the
  5104              ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal
  5105              ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to
  5106              ** worry so much with race conditions.
  5107              */
  5108              *pExists = 1;
  5109              rc = SQLITE_OK;
  5110            }
  5111          }
  5112        }
  5113      }
  5114    }
  5115  
  5116    return rc;
  5117  }
  5118  
  5119  /*
  5120  ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file.
  5121  ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerGet() until after this function
  5122  ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when
  5123  ** this function is called, it is a no-op.
  5124  **
  5125  ** The following operations are also performed by this function.
  5126  **
  5127  **   1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held
  5128  **      on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
  5129  **      SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining
  5130  **      the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal,
  5131  **      which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal 
  5132  **      rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking
  5133  **      the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and
  5134  **      discarded if they are found to be invalid.
  5135  **
  5136  **   2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently
  5137  **      no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state,
  5138  **      then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding
  5139  **      the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal
  5140  **      file.
  5141  **
  5142  ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error 
  5143  ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or 
  5144  ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned.
  5145  */
  5146  int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){
  5147    int rc = SQLITE_OK;                /* Return code */
  5148  
  5149    /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no
  5150    ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either
  5151    ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in 
  5152    ** exclusive access mode.  */
  5153    assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
  5154    assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
  5155    assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
  5156    assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
  5157  
  5158    if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){
  5159      int bHotJournal = 1;          /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */
  5160  
  5161      assert( !MEMDB );
  5162      assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
  5163  
  5164      rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
  5165      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
  5166        assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK );
  5167        goto failed;
  5168      }
  5169  
  5170      /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
  5171      ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
  5172      */
  5173      if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){
  5174        rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal);
  5175      }
  5176      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
  5177        goto failed;
  5178      }
  5179      if( bHotJournal ){
  5180        if( pPager->readOnly ){
  5181          rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK;
  5182          goto failed;
  5183        }
  5184  
  5185        /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
  5186        ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
  5187        ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
  5188        ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
  5189        ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the 
  5190        ** hot-journal back.
  5191        ** 
  5192        ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any
  5193        ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to 
  5194        ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock 
  5195        ** on the database file.
  5196        **
  5197        ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is
  5198        ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns.
  5199        */
  5200        rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
  5201        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
  5202          goto failed;
  5203        }
  5204   
  5205        /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the 
  5206        ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because 
  5207        ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open 
  5208        ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access 
  5209        ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist 
  5210        ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems).
  5211        **
  5212        ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some 
  5213        ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before 
  5214        ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it 
  5215        ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this
  5216        ** function was called and the journal file does not exist.
  5217        */
  5218        if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
  5219          sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
  5220          int bExists;              /* True if journal file exists */
  5221          rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
  5222              pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists);
  5223          if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){
  5224            int fout = 0;
  5225            int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
  5226            assert( !pPager->tempFile );
  5227            rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout);
  5228            assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
  5229            if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
  5230              rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
  5231              sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
  5232            }
  5233          }
  5234        }
  5235   
  5236        /* Playback and delete the journal.  Drop the database write
  5237        ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before
  5238        ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with
  5239        ** an inconsistent cache.  Sync the hot journal before playing
  5240        ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal
  5241        ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync
  5242        ** the journal before playing it back.
  5243        */
  5244        if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
  5245          assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
  5246          rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager);
  5247          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
  5248            rc = pager_playback(pPager, !pPager->tempFile);
  5249            pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
  5250          }
  5251        }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
  5252          pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
  5253        }
  5254  
  5255        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
  5256          /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open
  5257          ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
  5258          ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock
  5259          ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be
  5260          ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for 
  5261          ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation). 
  5262          **
  5263          ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to
  5264          ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition
  5265          ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file,
  5266          ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very
  5267          ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling
  5268          ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible
  5269          ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page 
  5270          ** references.
  5271          */
  5272          pager_error(pPager, rc);
  5273          goto failed;
  5274        }
  5275  
  5276        assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
  5277        assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK)
  5278             || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK)
  5279        );
  5280      }
  5281  
  5282      if( !pPager->tempFile && pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ){
  5283        /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to
  5284        ** see if the database has been modified.  If the database has changed,
  5285        ** flush the cache.  The hasHeldSharedLock flag prevents this from
  5286        ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a
  5287        ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up.
  5288        **
  5289        ** Database changes are detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning
  5290        ** at offset 24 into the file.  The first 4 of these 16 bytes are
  5291        ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change.  The
  5292        ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
  5293        ** a codec is in use.
  5294        ** 
  5295        ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be 
  5296        ** detected.  The chance of an undetected change is so small that
  5297        ** it can be neglected.
  5298        */
  5299        char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)];
  5300  
  5301        IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers)));
  5302        rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24);
  5303        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
  5304          if( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
  5305            goto failed;
  5306          }
  5307          memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers));
  5308        }
  5309  
  5310        if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){
  5311          pager_reset(pPager);
  5312  
  5313          /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes
  5314          ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back
  5315          ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock.
  5316          ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears
  5317          ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this
  5318          ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */
  5319          if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){
  5320            sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
  5321          }
  5322        }
  5323      }
  5324  
  5325      /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL
  5326      ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op.
  5327      */
  5328      rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager);
  5329  #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
  5330      assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
  5331  #endif
  5332    }
  5333  
  5334    if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
  5335      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
  5336      rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager);
  5337    }
  5338  
  5339    if( pPager->tempFile==0 && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
  5340      rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize);
  5341    }
  5342  
  5343   failed:
  5344    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
  5345      assert( !MEMDB );
  5346      pager_unlock(pPager);
  5347      assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
  5348    }else{
  5349      pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
  5350      pPager->hasHeldSharedLock = 1;
  5351    }
  5352    return rc;
  5353  }
  5354  
  5355  /*
  5356  ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active
  5357  ** transaction and unlock the pager.
  5358  **
  5359  ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in
  5360  ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is
  5361  ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op.
  5362  */ 
  5363  static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){
  5364    if( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ){
  5365      assert( pPager->nMmapOut==0 ); /* because page1 is never memory mapped */
  5366      pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
  5367    }
  5368  }
  5369  
  5370  /*
  5371  ** The page getter methods each try to acquire a reference to a
  5372  ** page with page number pgno. If the requested reference is 
  5373  ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned.
  5374  **
  5375  ** There are different implementations of the getter method depending
  5376  ** on the current state of the pager.
  5377  **
  5378  **     getPageNormal()         --  The normal getter
  5379  **     getPageError()          --  Used if the pager is in an error state
  5380  **     getPageMmap()           --  Used if memory-mapped I/O is enabled
  5381  **
  5382  ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned. 
  5383  ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data
  5384  ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may
  5385  ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing
  5386  ** object with no outstanding references.
  5387  **
  5388  ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the 
  5389  ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is 
  5390  ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra
  5391  ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used.
  5392  **
  5393  ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if 
  5394  ** the flags parameter contains the PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT bit and the 
  5395  ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no 
  5396  ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the 
  5397  ** page is initialized to all zeros. 
  5398  **
  5399  ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, it means that we do not care about
  5400  ** the contents of the page. This occurs in two scenarios:
  5401  **
  5402  **   a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and
  5403  **
  5404  **   b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load
  5405  **      a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read
  5406  **      from the savepoint journal.
  5407  **
  5408  ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead
  5409  ** of being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding
  5410  ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the
  5411  ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open
  5412  ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any
  5413  ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents
  5414  ** will not be journaled. This saves IO.
  5415  **
  5416  ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons.  In all cases,
  5417  ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
  5418  **
  5419  ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup().  Both this routine and Lookup() attempt
  5420  ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first.  If the page is not already
  5421  ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
  5422  ** just returns 0.  This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
  5423  ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
  5424  ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
  5425  ** or journal files.
  5426  */
  5427  static int getPageNormal(
  5428    Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
  5429    Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
  5430    DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
  5431    int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
  5432  ){
  5433    int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  5434    PgHdr *pPg;
  5435    u8 noContent;                   /* True if PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is set */
  5436    sqlite3_pcache_page *pBase;
  5437  
  5438    assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
  5439    assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
  5440    assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
  5441    assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 );
  5442  
  5443    if( pgno==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
  5444    pBase = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 3);
  5445    if( pBase==0 ){
  5446      pPg = 0;
  5447      rc = sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager->pPCache, pgno, &pBase);
  5448      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
  5449      if( pBase==0 ){
  5450        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
  5451        goto pager_acquire_err;
  5452      }
  5453    }
  5454    pPg = *ppPage = sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pBase);
  5455    assert( pPg==(*ppPage) );
  5456    assert( pPg->pgno==pgno );
  5457    assert( pPg->pPager==pPager || pPg->pPager==0 );
  5458  
  5459    noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT)!=0;
  5460    if( pPg->pPager && !noContent ){
  5461      /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of
  5462      ** the page. Return without further ado.  */
  5463      assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
  5464      pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++;
  5465      return SQLITE_OK;
  5466  
  5467    }else{
  5468      /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to 
  5469      ** be initialized. But first some error checks:
  5470      **
  5471      ** (1) The maximum page number is 2^31
  5472      ** (2) Never try to fetch the locking page
  5473      */
  5474      if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
  5475        rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
  5476        goto pager_acquire_err;
  5477      }
  5478  
  5479      pPg->pPager = pPager;
  5480  
  5481      assert( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || !MEMDB );
  5482      if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent ){
  5483        if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){
  5484          rc = SQLITE_FULL;
  5485          goto pager_acquire_err;
  5486        }
  5487        if( noContent ){
  5488          /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign.
  5489          ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a 
  5490          ** page that does not need to be journaled.  Nevertheless, be sure 
  5491          ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set 
  5492          ** a bit in a bit vector.
  5493          */
  5494          sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
  5495          if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
  5496            TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno);
  5497            testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
  5498          }
  5499          TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno);
  5500          testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
  5501          sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
  5502        }
  5503        memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
  5504        IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
  5505      }else{
  5506        assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
  5507        pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++;
  5508        rc = readDbPage(pPg);
  5509        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
  5510          goto pager_acquire_err;
  5511        }
  5512      }
  5513      pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
  5514    }
  5515    return SQLITE_OK;
  5516  
  5517  pager_acquire_err:
  5518    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
  5519    if( pPg ){
  5520      sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
  5521    }
  5522    pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
  5523    *ppPage = 0;
  5524    return rc;
  5525  }
  5526  
  5527  #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
  5528  /* The page getter for when memory-mapped I/O is enabled */
  5529  static int getPageMMap(
  5530    Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
  5531    Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
  5532    DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
  5533    int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
  5534  ){
  5535    int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  5536    PgHdr *pPg = 0;
  5537    u32 iFrame = 0;                 /* Frame to read from WAL file */
  5538  
  5539    /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except
  5540    ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY
  5541    ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a 
  5542    ** temporary or in-memory database.  */
  5543    const int bMmapOk = (pgno>1
  5544     && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY))
  5545    );
  5546  
  5547    assert( USEFETCH(pPager) );
  5548  #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
  5549    assert( pPager->xCodec==0 );
  5550  #endif
  5551  
  5552    /* Optimization note:  Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here
  5553    ** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1"
  5554    ** test in the previous statement, and avoid testing pgno==0 in the
  5555    ** common case where pgno is large. */
  5556    if( pgno<=1 && pgno==0 ){
  5557      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
  5558    }
  5559    assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
  5560    assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
  5561    assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 );
  5562    assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
  5563  
  5564    if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
  5565      rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
  5566      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
  5567        *ppPage = 0;
  5568        return rc;
  5569      }
  5570    }
  5571    if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){
  5572      void *pData = 0;
  5573      rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd, 
  5574          (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData
  5575      );
  5576      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){
  5577        if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER || pPager->tempFile ){
  5578          pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
  5579        }
  5580        if( pPg==0 ){
  5581          rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg);
  5582       }else{
  5583          sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData);
  5584        }
  5585        if( pPg ){
  5586          assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
  5587          *ppPage = pPg;
  5588          return SQLITE_OK;
  5589        }
  5590      }
  5591      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
  5592        *ppPage = 0;
  5593        return rc;
  5594      }
  5595    }
  5596    return getPageNormal(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags);
  5597  }
  5598  #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
  5599  
  5600  /* The page getter method for when the pager is an error state */
  5601  static int getPageError(
  5602    Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
  5603    Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
  5604    DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
  5605    int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
  5606  ){
  5607    UNUSED_PARAMETER(pgno);
  5608    UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags);
  5609    assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
  5610    *ppPage = 0;
  5611    return pPager->errCode;
  5612  }
  5613  
  5614  
  5615  /* Dispatch all page fetch requests to the appropriate getter method.
  5616  */
  5617  int sqlite3PagerGet(
  5618    Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
  5619    Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
  5620    DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
  5621    int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
  5622  ){
  5623    return pPager->xGet(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags);
  5624  }
  5625  
  5626  /*
  5627  ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache.  Do
  5628  ** not read the page from disk.  Return a pointer to the page,
  5629  ** or 0 if the page is not in cache. 
  5630  **
  5631  ** See also sqlite3PagerGet().  The difference between this routine
  5632  ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
  5633  ** in the page if the page is not already in cache.  This routine
  5634  ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error 
  5635  ** has ever happened.
  5636  */
  5637  DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
  5638    sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage;
  5639    assert( pPager!=0 );
  5640    assert( pgno!=0 );
  5641    assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 );
  5642    pPage = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0);
  5643    assert( pPage==0 || pPager->hasHeldSharedLock );
  5644    if( pPage==0 ) return 0;
  5645    return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage);
  5646  }
  5647  
  5648  /*
  5649  ** Release a page reference.
  5650  **
  5651  ** The sqlite3PagerUnref() and sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull() may only be
  5652  ** used if we know that the page being released is not the last page.
  5653  ** The btree layer always holds page1 open until the end, so these first
  5654  ** to routines can be used to release any page other than BtShared.pPage1.
  5655  **
  5656  ** Use sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne() to release page1.  This latter routine
  5657  ** checks the total number of outstanding pages and if the number of
  5658  ** pages reaches zero it drops the database lock.
  5659  */
  5660  void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){
  5661    TESTONLY( Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; )
  5662    assert( pPg!=0 );
  5663    if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){
  5664      assert( pPg->pgno!=1 );  /* Page1 is never memory mapped */
  5665      pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg);
  5666    }else{
  5667      sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
  5668    }
  5669    /* Do not use this routine to release the last reference to page1 */
  5670    assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 );
  5671  }
  5672  void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){
  5673    if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
  5674  }
  5675  void sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne(DbPage *pPg){
  5676    Pager *pPager;
  5677    assert( pPg!=0 );
  5678    assert( pPg->pgno==1 );
  5679    assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); /* Page1 is never memory mapped */
  5680    pPager = pPg->pPager;
  5681    sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
  5682    pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
  5683  }
  5684  
  5685  /*
  5686  ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
  5687  ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database 
  5688  ** file when this routine is called.
  5689  **
  5690  ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header
  5691  ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal
  5692  ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being 
  5693  ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used 
  5694  ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back.
  5695  **
  5696  ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode),
  5697  ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the
  5698  ** already open file. 
  5699  **
  5700  ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the
  5701  ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated.
  5702  **
  5703  ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return 
  5704  ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or 
  5705  ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails.
  5706  */
  5707  static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
  5708    int rc = SQLITE_OK;                        /* Return code */
  5709    sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;   /* Local cache of vfs pointer */
  5710  
  5711    assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
  5712    assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
  5713    assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
  5714    
  5715    /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op.  But on
  5716    ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in
  5717    ** an error state. */
  5718    if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
  5719  
  5720    if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
  5721      pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
  5722      if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){
  5723        return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
  5724      }
  5725    
  5726      /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
  5727      if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
  5728        if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
  5729          sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd);
  5730        }else{
  5731          int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE;
  5732          int nSpill;
  5733  
  5734          if( pPager->tempFile ){
  5735            flags |= (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL);
  5736            nSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill;
  5737          }else{
  5738            flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
  5739            nSpill = jrnlBufferSize(pPager);
  5740          }
  5741            
  5742          /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when
  5743          ** it was originally opened. */
  5744          rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager);
  5745          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
  5746            rc = sqlite3JournalOpen (
  5747                pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, nSpill
  5748            );
  5749          }
  5750        }
  5751        assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
  5752      }
  5753    
  5754    
  5755      /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open 
  5756      ** the sub-journal if necessary.
  5757      */
  5758      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
  5759        /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */
  5760        pPager->nRec = 0;
  5761        pPager->journalOff = 0;
  5762        pPager->setMaster = 0;
  5763        pPager->journalHdr = 0;
  5764        rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
  5765      }
  5766    }
  5767  
  5768    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
  5769      sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
  5770      pPager->pInJournal = 0;
  5771    }else{
  5772      assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
  5773      pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD;
  5774    }
  5775  
  5776    return rc;
  5777  }
  5778  
  5779  /*
  5780  ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a 
  5781  ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op.
  5782  **
  5783  ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED
  5784  ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least
  5785  ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking 
  5786  ** functions need be called.
  5787  **
  5788  ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened
  5789  ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This
  5790  ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when
  5791  ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a
  5792  ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required
  5793  ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database, 
  5794  ** or using a temporary file otherwise.
  5795  */
  5796  int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){
  5797    int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  5798  
  5799    if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode;
  5800    assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR );
  5801    pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory;
  5802  
  5803    if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){
  5804      assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
  5805  
  5806      if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
  5807        /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an
  5808        ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now.
  5809        */
  5810        if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){
  5811          rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
  5812          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
  5813            return rc;
  5814          }
  5815          (void)sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1);
  5816        }
  5817  
  5818        /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to
  5819        ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller.
  5820        ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already
  5821        ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it.
  5822        */
  5823        rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
  5824      }else{
  5825        /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
  5826        ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
  5827        ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
  5828        ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock.
  5829        */
  5830        rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
  5831        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){
  5832          rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
  5833        }
  5834      }
  5835  
  5836      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
  5837        /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state.
  5838        **
  5839        ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD
  5840        ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED.
  5841        ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint 
  5842        ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database 
  5843        ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in 
  5844        ** WAL mode.
  5845        */
  5846        pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED;
  5847        pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
  5848        pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize;
  5849        pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize;
  5850        pPager->journalOff = 0;
  5851      }
  5852  
  5853      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
  5854      assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
  5855      assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
  5856    }
  5857  
  5858    PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
  5859    return rc;
  5860  }
  5861  
  5862  /*
  5863  ** Write page pPg onto the end of the rollback journal.
  5864  */
  5865  static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){
  5866    Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
  5867    int rc;
  5868    u32 cksum;
  5869    char *pData2;
  5870    i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff;
  5871  
  5872    /* We should never write to the journal file the page that
  5873    ** contains the database locks.  The following assert verifies
  5874    ** that we do not. */
  5875    assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
  5876  
  5877    assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff );
  5878    CODEC2(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2);
  5879    cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2);
  5880  
  5881    /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the
  5882    ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page.
  5883    ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in
  5884    ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored
  5885    ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so,
  5886    ** then corruption may follow.
  5887    */
  5888    pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
  5889  
  5890    rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno);
  5891    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
  5892    rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4);
  5893    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
  5894    rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum);
  5895    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
  5896  
  5897    IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, 
  5898             pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize));
  5899    PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
  5900    PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
  5901         PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, 
  5902         ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg)));
  5903  
  5904    pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize;
  5905    pPager->nRec++;
  5906    assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 );
  5907    rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
  5908    testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
  5909    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
  5910    rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
  5911    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
  5912    return rc;
  5913  }
  5914  
  5915  /*
  5916  ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the 
  5917  ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into
  5918  ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the 
  5919  ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs
  5920  ** of any open savepoints as appropriate.
  5921  */
  5922  static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){
  5923    Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
  5924    int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  5925  
  5926    /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already 
  5927    ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point.
  5928    ** It is never called in the ERROR state.
  5929    */
  5930    assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
  5931         || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
  5932         || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
  5933    );
  5934    assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
  5935    assert( pPager->errCode==0 );
  5936    assert( pPager->readOnly==0 );
  5937    CHECK_PAGE(pPg);
  5938  
  5939    /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already
  5940    ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the
  5941    ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case.
  5942    **
  5943    ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page. 
  5944    ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then
  5945    ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state
  5946    ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache.
  5947    */
  5948    if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
  5949      rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
  5950      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
  5951    }
  5952    assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
  5953    assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
  5954  
  5955    /* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */
  5956    sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
  5957  
  5958    /* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about
  5959    ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off
  5960    ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC.
  5961    */
  5962    assert( (pPager->pInJournal!=0) == isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
  5963    if( pPager->pInJournal!=0
  5964     && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno)==0
  5965    ){
  5966      assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
  5967      if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
  5968        rc = pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(pPg);
  5969        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
  5970          return rc;
  5971        }
  5972      }else{
  5973        if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){
  5974          pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
  5975        }
  5976        PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
  5977                PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
  5978               ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0)));
  5979      }
  5980    }
  5981  
  5982    /* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list
  5983    ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal.  Wait until now,
  5984    ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the
  5985    ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified.
  5986    */
  5987    pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
  5988    
  5989    /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
  5990    ** then write the page into the statement journal.
  5991    */
  5992    if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ){
  5993      rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
  5994    }
  5995  
  5996    /* Update the database size and return. */
  5997    if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){
  5998      pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
  5999    }
  6000    return rc;
  6001  }
  6002  
  6003  /*
  6004  ** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size
  6005  ** is larger than the page size.  SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that
  6006  ** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware.  Hence, all bytes of
  6007  ** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of
  6008  ** a write.
  6009  **
  6010  ** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which
  6011  ** case pages can be individually written.  This routine only runs in the
  6012  ** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size.
  6013  */
  6014  static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){
  6015    int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
  6016    Pgno nPageCount;             /* Total number of pages in database file */
  6017    Pgno pg1;                    /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
  6018    int nPage = 0;               /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
  6019    int ii;                      /* Loop counter */
  6020    int needSync = 0;            /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
  6021    Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* The pager that owns pPg */
  6022    Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);
  6023  
  6024    /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow
  6025    ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by
  6026    ** this function.
  6027    */
  6028    assert( !MEMDB );
  6029    assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 );
  6030    pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
  6031  
  6032    /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
  6033    ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
  6034    ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
  6035    */
  6036    pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;
  6037  
  6038    nPageCount = pPager->dbSize;
  6039    if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
  6040      nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
  6041    }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
  6042      nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;
  6043    }else{
  6044      nPage = nPagePerSector;
  6045    }
  6046    assert(nPage>0);
  6047    assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
  6048    assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);
  6049  
  6050    for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
  6051      Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
  6052      PgHdr *pPage;
  6053      if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
  6054        if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
  6055          rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage, 0);
  6056          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
  6057            rc = pager_write(pPage);
  6058            if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
  6059              needSync = 1;
  6060            }
  6061            sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
  6062          }
  6063        }
  6064      }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){
  6065        if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
  6066          needSync = 1;
  6067        }
  6068        sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
  6069      }
  6070    }
  6071  
  6072    /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages 
  6073    ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
  6074    ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
  6075    ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
  6076    ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
  6077    */
  6078    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){
  6079      assert( !MEMDB );
  6080      for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){
  6081        PgHdr *pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg1+ii);
  6082        if( pPage ){
  6083          pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
  6084          sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
  6085        }
  6086      }
  6087    }
  6088  
  6089    assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 );
  6090    pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
  6091    return rc;
  6092  }
  6093  
  6094  /*
  6095  ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before 
  6096  ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value 
  6097  ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless 
  6098  ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
  6099  **
  6100  ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
  6101  ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
  6102  ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
  6103  ** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
  6104  **
  6105  ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
  6106  ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
  6107  */
  6108  int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
  6109    Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
  6110    assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 );
  6111    assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
  6112    assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
  6113    if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE)!=0 && pPager->dbSize>=pPg->pgno ){
  6114      if( pPager->nSavepoint ) return subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
  6115      return SQLITE_OK;
  6116    }else if( pPager->errCode ){
  6117      return pPager->errCode;
  6118    }else if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){
  6119      assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
  6120      return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg);
  6121    }else{
  6122      return pager_write(pPg);
  6123    }
  6124  }
  6125  
  6126  /*
  6127  ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
  6128  ** to sqlite3PagerWrite().  In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
  6129  ** to change the content of the page.
  6130  */
  6131  #ifndef NDEBUG
  6132  int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){
  6133    return pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
  6134  }
  6135  #endif
  6136  
  6137  /*
  6138  ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
  6139  ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
  6140  ** that page might be marked as dirty.  This happens, for example, when
  6141  ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its
  6142  ** content no longer matters.
  6143  **
  6144  ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
  6145  ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so
  6146  ** that it does not get written to disk.
  6147  **
  6148  ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large 
  6149  ** DELETE operations.
  6150  **
  6151  ** This optimization cannot be used with a temp-file, as the page may
  6152  ** have been dirty at the start of the transaction. In that case, if
  6153  ** memory pressure forces page pPg out of the cache, the data does need 
  6154  ** to be written out to disk so that it may be read back in if the 
  6155  ** current transaction is rolled back.
  6156  */
  6157  void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
  6158    Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
  6159    if( !pPager->tempFile && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){
  6160      PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)));
  6161      IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
  6162      pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
  6163      pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
  6164      testcase( pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC );
  6165      pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
  6166    }
  6167  }
  6168  
  6169  /*
  6170  ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file 
  6171  ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at 
  6172  ** byte offset 24 of the pager file.  The secondary change counter at
  6173  ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96.
  6174  **
  6175  ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false.
  6176  ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once.
  6177  ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an 
  6178  ** unconditional update of the change counters.
  6179  **
  6180  ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling 
  6181  ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the
  6182  ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current
  6183  ** transaction is committed.
  6184  **
  6185  ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled
  6186  ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case,
  6187  ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly
  6188  ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the 
  6189  ** sqlite3OsWrite() function.
  6190  */
  6191  static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){
  6192    int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  6193  
  6194    assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
  6195         || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
  6196    );
  6197    assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
  6198  
  6199    /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the
  6200    ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect
  6201    ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter
  6202    ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero.
  6203    **
  6204    ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not
  6205    ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of
  6206    ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the
  6207    ** "if( isDirect )" condition.
  6208    */
  6209  #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
  6210  # define DIRECT_MODE 0
  6211    assert( isDirectMode==0 );
  6212    UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode);
  6213  #else
  6214  # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode
  6215  #endif
  6216  
  6217    if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){
  6218      PgHdr *pPgHdr;                /* Reference to page 1 */
  6219  
  6220      assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) );
  6221  
  6222      /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
  6223      rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr, 0);
  6224      assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
  6225  
  6226      /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not
  6227      ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable.  When not in 
  6228      ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet()
  6229      ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK.
  6230      */
  6231      if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){
  6232        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr);
  6233      }
  6234  
  6235      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
  6236        /* Actually do the update of the change counter */
  6237        pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr);
  6238  
  6239        /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */
  6240        if( DIRECT_MODE ){
  6241          const void *zBuf;
  6242          assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 );
  6243          CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, zBuf);
  6244          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
  6245            rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0);
  6246            pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
  6247          }
  6248          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
  6249            /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the
  6250            ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be
  6251            ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match).  */
  6252            const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24];
  6253            memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
  6254            pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
  6255          }
  6256        }else{
  6257          pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
  6258        }
  6259      }
  6260  
  6261      /* Release the page reference. */
  6262      sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
  6263    }
  6264    return rc;
  6265  }
  6266  
  6267  /*
  6268  ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases
  6269  ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set.
  6270  **
  6271  ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
  6272  ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
  6273  */
  6274  int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
  6275    int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  6276  
  6277    if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
  6278      void *pArg = (void*)zMaster;
  6279      rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg);
  6280      if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
  6281    }
  6282    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
  6283      assert( !MEMDB );
  6284      rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags);
  6285    }
  6286    return rc;
  6287  }
  6288  
  6289  /*
  6290  ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in
  6291  ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op. 
  6292  ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on 
  6293  ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one.
  6294  **
  6295  ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is
  6296  ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned.
  6297  ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is 
  6298  ** returned.
  6299  */
  6300  int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
  6301    int rc = pPager->errCode;
  6302    assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
  6303    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
  6304      assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 
  6305           || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 
  6306           || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 
  6307      );
  6308      assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
  6309      if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
  6310        rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
  6311      }
  6312    }
  6313    return rc;
  6314  }
  6315  
  6316  /*
  6317  ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name
  6318  ** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual
  6319  ** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master
  6320  ** journal (a single database transaction).
  6321  **
  6322  ** This routine ensures that:
  6323  **
  6324  **   * The database file change-counter is updated,
  6325  **   * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used),
  6326  **   * all dirty pages are written to the database file, 
  6327  **   * the database file is truncated (if required), and
  6328  **   * the database file synced. 
  6329  **
  6330  ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize 
  6331  ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or 
  6332  ** delete the master journal file if specified).
  6333  **
  6334  ** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
  6335  ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
  6336  **
  6337  ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
  6338  ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to
  6339  ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the
  6340  ** journal file in this case.
  6341  */
  6342  int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(
  6343    Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
  6344    const char *zMaster,            /* If not NULL, the master journal name */
  6345    int noSync                      /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */
  6346  ){
  6347    int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
  6348  
  6349    assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
  6350         || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
  6351         || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
  6352         || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
  6353    );
  6354    assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
  6355  
  6356    /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */
  6357    if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
  6358  
  6359    /* Provide the ability to easily simulate an I/O error during testing */
  6360    if( sqlite3FaultSim(400) ) return SQLITE_IOERR;
  6361  
  6362    PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n", 
  6363        pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize));
  6364  
  6365    /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */
  6366    if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK;
  6367  
  6368    assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile );
  6369    assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
  6370    if( 0==pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, 1) ){
  6371      /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
  6372      ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op.  However, any
  6373      ** backup in progress needs to be restarted.  */
  6374      sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
  6375    }else{
  6376      if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
  6377        PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
  6378        PgHdr *pPageOne = 0;
  6379        if( pList==0 ){
  6380          /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag.
  6381          ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */
  6382          rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne, 0);
  6383          pList = pPageOne;
  6384          pList->pDirty = 0;
  6385        }
  6386        assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
  6387        if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
  6388          rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1);
  6389        }
  6390        sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne);
  6391        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
  6392          sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
  6393        }
  6394      }else{
  6395        /* The bBatch boolean is true if the batch-atomic-write commit method
  6396        ** should be used.  No rollback journal is created if batch-atomic-write
  6397        ** is enabled.
  6398        */
  6399        sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
  6400  #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
  6401        const int bBatch = zMaster==0    /* An SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC commit */
  6402          && (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(fd) & SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
  6403          && !pPager->noSync
  6404          && sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd);
  6405  #else
  6406  # define bBatch 0
  6407  #endif
  6408  
  6409  #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
  6410        /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
  6411        ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
  6412        ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the 
  6413        ** runtime criteria to use the operation: 
  6414        **
  6415        **    * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
  6416        **      blocks of size page-size, and 
  6417        **    * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
  6418        **    * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
  6419        **
  6420        ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the
  6421        ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change
  6422        ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but
  6423        ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate()
  6424        ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call
  6425        ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect
  6426        ** mode. 
  6427        **
  6428        ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
  6429        ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
  6430        ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be
  6431        ** created for this transaction.
  6432        */
  6433        if( bBatch==0 ){
  6434          PgHdr *pPg;
  6435          assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) 
  6436              || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
  6437              || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 
  6438              );
  6439          if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd) 
  6440           && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager) 
  6441           && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize
  6442           && (!(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty)
  6443          ){
  6444            /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The 
  6445            ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1 
  6446            ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1 
  6447            ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write 
  6448            ** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
  6449            */
  6450            rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
  6451          }else{
  6452            rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
  6453            if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
  6454              rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
  6455            }
  6456          }
  6457        }
  6458  #else 
  6459  #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
  6460        if( zMaster ){
  6461          rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
  6462          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
  6463        }
  6464  #endif
  6465        rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
  6466  #endif
  6467        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
  6468    
  6469        /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master 
  6470        ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file, 
  6471        ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op.
  6472        */
  6473        rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
  6474        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
  6475    
  6476        /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database.
  6477        ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not 
  6478        ** create the journal file or perform any real IO.
  6479        **
  6480        ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the
  6481        ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the
  6482        ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive
  6483        ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is 
  6484        ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant
  6485        ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow. 
  6486        */
  6487        rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0);
  6488        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
  6489  
  6490        if( bBatch ){
  6491          /* The pager is now in DBMOD state. But regardless of what happens
  6492          ** next, attempting to play the journal back into the database would
  6493          ** be unsafe. Close it now to make sure that does not happen.  */
  6494          sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
  6495          rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
  6496          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
  6497        }
  6498        rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache));
  6499        if( bBatch ){
  6500          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
  6501            rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
  6502          }else{
  6503            sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
  6504          }
  6505        }
  6506  
  6507        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
  6508          assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
  6509          goto commit_phase_one_exit;
  6510        }
  6511        sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
  6512  
  6513        /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use 
  6514        ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database
  6515        ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the
  6516        ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the
  6517        ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file
  6518        ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case.  */
  6519        if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){
  6520          Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
  6521          assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
  6522          rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew);
  6523          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
  6524        }
  6525    
  6526        /* Finally, sync the database file. */
  6527        if( !noSync ){
  6528          rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster);
  6529        }
  6530        IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager))
  6531      }
  6532    }
  6533  
  6534  commit_phase_one_exit:
  6535    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
  6536      pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED;
  6537    }
  6538    return rc;
  6539  }
  6540  
  6541  
  6542  /*
  6543  ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely
  6544  ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and
  6545  ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system 
  6546  ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually
  6547  ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back.
  6548  **
  6549  ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting, 
  6550  ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used 
  6551  ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is
  6552  ** irrevocably committed.
  6553  **
  6554  ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager
  6555  ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
  6556  */
  6557  int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){
  6558    int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
  6559  
  6560    /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred.
  6561    ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get
  6562    ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */
  6563    if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
  6564  
  6565    assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
  6566         || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
  6567         || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD)
  6568    );
  6569    assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
  6570  
  6571    /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during
  6572    ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is
  6573    ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op.
  6574    **
  6575    ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal 
  6576    ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as
  6577    ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made
  6578    ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal 
  6579    ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need
  6580    ** to drop any locks either.
  6581    */
  6582    if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 
  6583     && pPager->exclusiveMode 
  6584     && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
  6585    ){
  6586      assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff );
  6587      pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
  6588      return SQLITE_OK;
  6589    }
  6590  
  6591    PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
  6592    pPager->iDataVersion++;
  6593    rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1);
  6594    return pager_error(pPager, rc);
  6595  }
  6596  
  6597  /*
  6598  ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the 
  6599  ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed.
  6600  ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR
  6601  ** state if an error occurs.
  6602  **
  6603  ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called,
  6604  ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case.
  6605  **
  6606  ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions:
  6607  **
  6608  **   1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and 
  6609  **      in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction
  6610  **      was opened, and
  6611  **
  6612  **   2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot
  6613  **      rollback at any point in the future.
  6614  **
  6615  ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the 
  6616  ** rollback is successful.
  6617  **
  6618  ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the
  6619  ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to
  6620  ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or
  6621  ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed.
  6622  */
  6623  int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){
  6624    int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
  6625    PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
  6626  
  6627    /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If
  6628    ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not 
  6629    ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller.
  6630    */
  6631    assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
  6632    if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode;
  6633    if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK;
  6634  
  6635    if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
  6636      int rc2;
  6637      rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1);
  6638      rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0);
  6639      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
  6640    }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
  6641      int eState = pPager->eState;
  6642      rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
  6643      if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
  6644        /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error 
  6645        ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted.
  6646        ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT.
  6647        */
  6648        pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
  6649        pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
  6650        setGetterMethod(pPager);
  6651        return rc;
  6652      }
  6653    }else{
  6654      rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
  6655    }
  6656  
  6657    assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
  6658    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT
  6659            || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR 
  6660            || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN
  6661    );
  6662  
  6663    /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
  6664    ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent.
  6665    */
  6666    return pager_error(pPager, rc);
  6667  }
  6668  
  6669  /*
  6670  ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only.  Return FALSE
  6671  ** if the database is (in theory) writable.
  6672  */
  6673  u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){
  6674    return pPager->readOnly;
  6675  }
  6676  
  6677  #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  6678  /*
  6679  ** Return the sum of the reference counts for all pages held by pPager.
  6680  */
  6681  int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){
  6682    return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
  6683  }
  6684  #endif
  6685  
  6686  /*
  6687  ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently
  6688  ** used by the pager and its associated cache.
  6689  */
  6690  int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){
  6691    int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr)
  6692                                       + 5*sizeof(void*);
  6693    return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)
  6694             + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager)
  6695             + pPager->pageSize;
  6696  }
  6697  
  6698  /*
  6699  ** Return the number of references to the specified page.
  6700  */
  6701  int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){
  6702    return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage);
  6703  }
  6704  
  6705  #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  6706  /*
  6707  ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
  6708  */
  6709  int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){
  6710    static int a[11];
  6711    a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
  6712    a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache);
  6713    a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache);
  6714    a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize;
  6715    a[4] = pPager->eState;
  6716    a[5] = pPager->errCode;
  6717    a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT];
  6718    a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS];
  6719    a[8] = 0;  /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */
  6720    a[9] = pPager->nRead;
  6721    a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE];
  6722    return a;
  6723  }
  6724  #endif
  6725  
  6726  /*
  6727  ** Parameter eStat must be either SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT or
  6728  ** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS. Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the
  6729  ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the 
  6730  ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before 
  6731  ** returning.
  6732  */
  6733  void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){
  6734  
  6735    assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
  6736         || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
  6737         || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
  6738    );
  6739  
  6740    assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS );
  6741    assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE );
  6742    assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 );
  6743  
  6744    *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT];
  6745    if( reset ){
  6746      pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT] = 0;
  6747    }
  6748  }
  6749  
  6750  /*
  6751  ** Return true if this is an in-memory or temp-file backed pager.
  6752  */
  6753  int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){
  6754    return pPager->tempFile;
  6755  }
  6756  
  6757  /*
  6758  ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are
  6759  ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints
  6760  ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already
  6761  ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op.
  6762  **
  6763  ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error 
  6764  ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is
  6765  ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
  6766  */
  6767  static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
  6768    int rc = SQLITE_OK;                       /* Return code */
  6769    int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint;        /* Current number of savepoints */
  6770    int ii;                                   /* Iterator variable */
  6771    PagerSavepoint *aNew;                     /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */
  6772  
  6773    assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
  6774    assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
  6775    assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal );
  6776  
  6777    /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM
  6778    ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a 
  6779    ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below.
  6780    */
  6781    aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc(
  6782        pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint
  6783    );
  6784    if( !aNew ){
  6785      return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
  6786    }
  6787    memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint));
  6788    pPager->aSavepoint = aNew;
  6789  
  6790    /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */
  6791    for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){
  6792      aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize;
  6793      if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){
  6794        aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff;
  6795      }else{
  6796        aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
  6797      }
  6798      aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec;
  6799      aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
  6800      if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){
  6801        return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
  6802      }
  6803      if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
  6804        sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData);
  6805      }
  6806      pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1;
  6807    }
  6808    assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint );
  6809    assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
  6810    return rc;
  6811  }
  6812  int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
  6813    assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
  6814    assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
  6815  
  6816    if( nSavepoint>pPager->nSavepoint && pPager->useJournal ){
  6817      return pagerOpenSavepoint(pPager, nSavepoint);
  6818    }else{
  6819      return SQLITE_OK;
  6820    }
  6821  }
  6822  
  6823  
  6824  /*
  6825  ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint.
  6826  ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently 
  6827  ** created savepoint.
  6828  **
  6829  ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE.
  6830  ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with
  6831  ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes
  6832  ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created.
  6833  **
  6834  ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter 
  6835  ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint
  6836  ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate
  6837  ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than
  6838  ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op.
  6839  **
  6840  ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current
  6841  ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling 
  6842  ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate
  6843  ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the 
  6844  ** contents of the database to its original state. 
  6845  **
  6846  ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint 
  6847  ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE),
  6848  ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed.
  6849  **
  6850  ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails,
  6851  ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a 
  6852  ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
  6853  */ 
  6854  int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){
  6855    int rc = pPager->errCode;
  6856    
  6857  #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
  6858    if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
  6859  #endif
  6860  
  6861    assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
  6862    assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
  6863  
  6864    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){
  6865      int ii;            /* Iterator variable */
  6866      int nNew;          /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */
  6867  
  6868      /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this
  6869      ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated 
  6870      ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation.
  6871      */
  6872      nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1);
  6873      for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
  6874        sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
  6875      }
  6876      pPager->nSavepoint = nNew;
  6877  
  6878      /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate 
  6879      ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */
  6880      if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
  6881        if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
  6882          /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */
  6883          if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){
  6884            rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0);
  6885            assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
  6886          }
  6887          pPager->nSubRec = 0;
  6888        }
  6889      }
  6890      /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint.
  6891      ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has
  6892      ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to
  6893      ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped.
  6894      */
  6895      else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
  6896        PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1];
  6897        rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint);
  6898        assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE);
  6899      }
  6900      
  6901  #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
  6902      /* If the cache has been modified but the savepoint cannot be rolled 
  6903      ** back journal_mode=off, put the pager in the error state. This way,
  6904      ** if the VFS used by this pager includes ZipVFS, the entire transaction
  6905      ** can be rolled back at the ZipVFS level.  */
  6906      else if( 
  6907          pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
  6908       && pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
  6909      ){
  6910        pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
  6911        pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
  6912        setGetterMethod(pPager);
  6913      }
  6914  #endif
  6915    }
  6916  
  6917    return rc;
  6918  }
  6919  
  6920  /*
  6921  ** Return the full pathname of the database file.
  6922  **
  6923  ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if
  6924  ** nullIfMemDb is true.  This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when
  6925  ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy
  6926  ** behavior.  But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to
  6927  ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can
  6928  ** participate in shared-cache.
  6929  */
  6930  const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){
  6931    return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? "" : pPager->zFilename;
  6932  }
  6933  
  6934  /*
  6935  ** Return the VFS structure for the pager.
  6936  */
  6937  sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){
  6938    return pPager->pVfs;
  6939  }
  6940  
  6941  /*
  6942  ** Return the file handle for the database file associated
  6943  ** with the pager.  This might return NULL if the file has
  6944  ** not yet been opened.
  6945  */
  6946  sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){
  6947    return pPager->fd;
  6948  }
  6949  
  6950  /*
  6951  ** Return the file handle for the journal file (if it exists).
  6952  ** This will be either the rollback journal or the WAL file.
  6953  */
  6954  sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager *pPager){
  6955  #if SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
  6956    return pPager->jfd;
  6957  #else
  6958    return pPager->pWal ? sqlite3WalFile(pPager->pWal) : pPager->jfd;
  6959  #endif
  6960  }
  6961  
  6962  /*
  6963  ** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
  6964  */
  6965  const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){
  6966    return pPager->zJournal;
  6967  }
  6968  
  6969  #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
  6970  /*
  6971  ** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager
  6972  */
  6973  void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(
  6974    Pager *pPager,
  6975    void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),
  6976    void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int),
  6977    void (*xCodecFree)(void*),
  6978    void *pCodec
  6979  ){
  6980    if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
  6981    pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec;
  6982    pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng;
  6983    pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree;
  6984    pPager->pCodec = pCodec;
  6985    setGetterMethod(pPager);
  6986    pagerReportSize(pPager);
  6987  }
  6988  void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){
  6989    return pPager->pCodec;
  6990  }
  6991  
  6992  /*
  6993  ** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content
  6994  ** into the log file.
  6995  **
  6996  ** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted
  6997  ** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL.
  6998  */
  6999  void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){
  7000    void *aData = 0;
  7001    CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData);
  7002    return aData;
  7003  }
  7004  
  7005  /*
  7006  ** Return the current pager state
  7007  */
  7008  int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){
  7009    return pPager->eState;
  7010  }
  7011  #endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
  7012  
  7013  #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
  7014  /*
  7015  ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file.
  7016  **
  7017  ** There must be no references to the page previously located at
  7018  ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
  7019  ** in cache.  If the page previously located at pgno is not already
  7020  ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
  7021  **
  7022  ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
  7023  ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
  7024  ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
  7025  **
  7026  ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be
  7027  ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction
  7028  ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement
  7029  ** transaction is active).
  7030  **
  7031  ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
  7032  ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction 
  7033  ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page 
  7034  ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
  7035  **
  7036  ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error
  7037  ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK.
  7038  */
  7039  int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){
  7040    PgHdr *pPgOld;               /* The page being overwritten. */
  7041    Pgno needSyncPgno = 0;       /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */
  7042    int rc;                      /* Return code */
  7043    Pgno origPgno;               /* The original page number */
  7044  
  7045    assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
  7046    assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
  7047         || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
  7048    );
  7049    assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
  7050  
  7051    /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal
  7052    ** the page we are moving from.
  7053    */
  7054    assert( pPager->tempFile || !MEMDB );
  7055    if( pPager->tempFile ){
  7056      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
  7057      if( rc ) return rc;
  7058    }
  7059  
  7060    /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest
  7061    ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the 
  7062    ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario:
  7063    **
  7064    **   BEGIN;
  7065    **     <journal page X, then modify it in memory>
  7066    **     SAVEPOINT one;
  7067    **       <Move page X to location Y>
  7068    **     ROLLBACK TO one;
  7069    **
  7070    ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not
  7071    ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one"
  7072    ** statement were is processed.
  7073    **
  7074    ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into
  7075    ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function
  7076    ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM.
  7077    */
  7078    if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0
  7079     && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg))
  7080    ){
  7081      return rc;
  7082    }
  7083  
  7084    PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n", 
  7085        PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno));
  7086    IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno))
  7087  
  7088    /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can
  7089    ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
  7090    **
  7091    ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
  7092    ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno 
  7093    ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
  7094    */
  7095    if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){
  7096      needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno;
  7097      assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ||
  7098              pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize );
  7099      assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
  7100    }
  7101  
  7102    /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
  7103    ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for 
  7104    ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained 
  7105    ** for the page moved there.
  7106    */
  7107    pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
  7108    pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
  7109    assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 );
  7110    if( pPgOld ){
  7111      pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
  7112      if( pPager->tempFile ){
  7113        /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might
  7114        ** need to rollback later.  Just move the page out of the way. */
  7115        sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1);
  7116      }else{
  7117        sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld);
  7118      }
  7119    }
  7120  
  7121    origPgno = pPg->pgno;
  7122    sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno);
  7123    sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
  7124  
  7125    /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues
  7126    ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back.  Use pPgOld
  7127    ** as the original page since it has already been allocated.
  7128    */
  7129    if( pPager->tempFile && pPgOld ){
  7130      sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno);
  7131      sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld);
  7132    }
  7133  
  7134    if( needSyncPgno ){
  7135      /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be 
  7136      ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
  7137      ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the 
  7138      ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
  7139      ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
  7140      ** flag.
  7141      **
  7142      ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due
  7143      ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
  7144      ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
  7145      ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
  7146      ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
  7147      ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
  7148      */
  7149      PgHdr *pPgHdr;
  7150      rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr, 0);
  7151      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
  7152        if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
  7153          assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 );
  7154          sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace);
  7155        }
  7156        return rc;
  7157      }
  7158      pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
  7159      sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr);
  7160      sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr);
  7161    }
  7162  
  7163    return SQLITE_OK;
  7164  }
  7165  #endif
  7166  
  7167  /*
  7168  ** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page 
  7169  ** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's 
  7170  ** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to 
  7171  ** the value passed as the third parameter.
  7172  */
  7173  void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){
  7174    assert( pPg->pgno!=iNew );
  7175    pPg->flags = flags;
  7176    sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, iNew);
  7177  }
  7178  
  7179  /*
  7180  ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page.
  7181  */
  7182  void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){
  7183    assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb );
  7184    return pPg->pData;
  7185  }
  7186  
  7187  /*
  7188  ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space 
  7189  ** allocated along with the specified page.
  7190  */
  7191  void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){
  7192    return pPg->pExtra;
  7193  }
  7194  
  7195  /*
  7196  ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
  7197  ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or 
  7198  ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
  7199  ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
  7200  **
  7201  ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
  7202  ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
  7203  ** locking-mode.
  7204  */
  7205  int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
  7206    assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
  7207              || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
  7208              || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
  7209    assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 );
  7210    assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 );
  7211    assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) );
  7212    if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){
  7213      pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode;
  7214    }
  7215    return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode;
  7216  }
  7217  
  7218  /*
  7219  ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of:
  7220  **
  7221  **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
  7222  **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
  7223  **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
  7224  **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
  7225  **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
  7226  **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
  7227  **
  7228  ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed.
  7229  ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons:
  7230  **
  7231  **   *  An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF
  7232  **      or _MEMORY.
  7233  **
  7234  **   *  Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode.
  7235  **
  7236  ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode.
  7237  */
  7238  int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
  7239    u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode;    /* Prior journalmode */
  7240  
  7241  #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  7242    /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger
  7243    ** only.  We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */
  7244    print_pager_state(pPager);
  7245  #endif
  7246  
  7247  
  7248    /* The eMode parameter is always valid */
  7249    assert(      eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
  7250              || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
  7251              || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
  7252              || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
  7253              || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 
  7254              || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
  7255  
  7256    /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and
  7257    ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed
  7258    ** to WAL mode.
  7259    */
  7260    assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
  7261  
  7262    /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to
  7263    ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF
  7264    */
  7265    if( MEMDB ){
  7266      assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
  7267      if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
  7268        eMode = eOld;
  7269      }
  7270    }
  7271  
  7272    if( eMode!=eOld ){
  7273  
  7274      /* Change the journal mode. */
  7275      assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
  7276      pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode;
  7277  
  7278      /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal
  7279      ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode,
  7280      ** delete the journal file.
  7281      */
  7282      assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
  7283      assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 );
  7284      assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 );
  7285      assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 );
  7286      assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 );
  7287      assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 );
  7288  
  7289      assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode );
  7290      if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){
  7291  
  7292        /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is
  7293        ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file
  7294        ** here is an optimization only.
  7295        **
  7296        ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the
  7297        ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted
  7298        ** while it is in use by some other client.
  7299        */
  7300        sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
  7301        if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
  7302          sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
  7303        }else{
  7304          int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  7305          int state = pPager->eState;
  7306          assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER );
  7307          if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
  7308            rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager);
  7309          }
  7310          if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){
  7311            assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
  7312            rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
  7313          }
  7314          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
  7315            sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
  7316          }
  7317          if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){
  7318            pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
  7319          }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
  7320            pager_unlock(pPager);
  7321          }
  7322          assert( state==pPager->eState );
  7323        }
  7324      }else if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
  7325        sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
  7326      }
  7327    }
  7328  
  7329    /* Return the new journal mode */
  7330    return (int)pPager->journalMode;
  7331  }
  7332  
  7333  /*
  7334  ** Return the current journal mode.
  7335  */
  7336  int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
  7337    return (int)pPager->journalMode;
  7338  }
  7339  
  7340  /*
  7341  ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the
  7342  ** journalmode.  Journalmode changes can only happen when the database
  7343  ** is unmodified.
  7344  */
  7345  int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
  7346    assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
  7347    if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0;
  7348    if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0;
  7349    return 1;
  7350  }
  7351  
  7352  /*
  7353  ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.
  7354  **
  7355  ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced.
  7356  ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op.
  7357  */
  7358  i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){
  7359    if( iLimit>=-1 ){
  7360      pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit;
  7361      sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit);
  7362    }
  7363    return pPager->journalSizeLimit;
  7364  }
  7365  
  7366  /*
  7367  ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module
  7368  ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module
  7369  ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and
  7370  ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only.
  7371  */
  7372  sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){
  7373    return &pPager->pBackup;
  7374  }
  7375  
  7376  #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
  7377  /*
  7378  ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache.
  7379  */
  7380  void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){
  7381    assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile );
  7382    if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager);
  7383  }
  7384  #endif
  7385  
  7386  
  7387  #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
  7388  /*
  7389  ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint",
  7390  ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
  7391  ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions.
  7392  **
  7393  ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
  7394  */
  7395  int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(
  7396    Pager *pPager,                  /* Checkpoint on this pager */
  7397    sqlite3 *db,                    /* Db handle used to check for interrupts */
  7398    int eMode,                      /* Type of checkpoint */
  7399    int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Final number of frames in log */
  7400    int *pnCkpt                     /* OUT: Final number of checkpointed frames */
  7401  ){
  7402    int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  7403    if( pPager->pWal ){
  7404      rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, db, eMode,
  7405          (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler),
  7406          pPager->pBusyHandlerArg,
  7407          pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace,
  7408          pnLog, pnCkpt
  7409      );
  7410    }
  7411    return rc;
  7412  }
  7413  
  7414  int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){
  7415    return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal);
  7416  }
  7417  
  7418  /*
  7419  ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the
  7420  ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging.
  7421  */
  7422  int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){
  7423    const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods;
  7424    if( pPager->noLock ) return 0;
  7425    return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap);
  7426  }
  7427  
  7428  /*
  7429  ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock
  7430  ** is obtained instead, immediately release it.
  7431  */
  7432  static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
  7433    int rc;                         /* Return code */
  7434  
  7435    assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
  7436    rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
  7437    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
  7438      /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the 
  7439      ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead.  */
  7440      pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
  7441    }
  7442  
  7443    return rc;
  7444  }
  7445  
  7446  /*
  7447  ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in 
  7448  ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE
  7449  ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index
  7450  ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory.
  7451  */
  7452  static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){
  7453    int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  7454  
  7455    assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 );
  7456    assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
  7457  
  7458    /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use 
  7459    ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory 
  7460    ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL
  7461    ** file, to make sure this is safe.
  7462    */
  7463    if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){
  7464      rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
  7465    }
  7466  
  7467    /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails, 
  7468    ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code.
  7469    */
  7470    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
  7471      rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs,
  7472          pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode,
  7473          pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal
  7474      );
  7475    }
  7476    pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
  7477  
  7478    return rc;
  7479  }
  7480  
  7481  
  7482  /*
  7483  ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call
  7484  ** this function.
  7485  **
  7486  ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database
  7487  ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file
  7488  ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful,
  7489  ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does 
  7490  ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is
  7491  ** not modified in either case.
  7492  **
  7493  ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if
  7494  ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK
  7495  ** without doing anything.
  7496  */
  7497  int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(
  7498    Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
  7499    int *pbOpen                     /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */
  7500  ){
  7501    int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
  7502  
  7503    assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
  7504    assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN   || pbOpen );
  7505    assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen );
  7506    assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 );
  7507    assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) );
  7508  
  7509    if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){
  7510      if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
  7511  
  7512      /* Close any rollback journal previously open */
  7513      sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
  7514  
  7515      rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
  7516      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
  7517        pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL;
  7518        pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
  7519      }
  7520    }else{
  7521      *pbOpen = 1;
  7522    }
  7523  
  7524    return rc;
  7525  }
  7526  
  7527  /*
  7528  ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior
  7529  ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode.
  7530  **
  7531  ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an 
  7532  ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an
  7533  ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed.
  7534  ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
  7535  */
  7536  int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
  7537    int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  7538  
  7539    assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
  7540  
  7541    /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system,
  7542    ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to
  7543    ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen.
  7544    */
  7545    if( !pPager->pWal ){
  7546      int logexists = 0;
  7547      rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
  7548      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
  7549        rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
  7550            pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists
  7551        );
  7552      }
  7553      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){
  7554        rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
  7555      }
  7556    }
  7557      
  7558    /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
  7559    ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
  7560    */
  7561    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){
  7562      rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
  7563      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
  7564        rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->walSyncFlags,
  7565                             pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace);
  7566        pPager->pWal = 0;
  7567        pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
  7568        if( rc && !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
  7569      }
  7570    }
  7571    return rc;
  7572  }
  7573  
  7574  #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
  7575  /*
  7576  ** If this is a WAL database, obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot
  7577  ** currently open. Otherwise, return an error.
  7578  */
  7579  int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot){
  7580    int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
  7581    if( pPager->pWal ){
  7582      rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(pPager->pWal, ppSnapshot);
  7583    }
  7584    return rc;
  7585  }
  7586  
  7587  /*
  7588  ** If this is a WAL database, store a pointer to pSnapshot. Next time a
  7589  ** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it 
  7590  ** identifies. If this is not a WAL database, return an error.
  7591  */
  7592  int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){
  7593    int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  7594    if( pPager->pWal ){
  7595      sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot);
  7596    }else{
  7597      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
  7598    }
  7599    return rc;
  7600  }
  7601  
  7602  /*
  7603  ** If this is a WAL database, call sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(). If this 
  7604  ** is not a WAL database, return an error.
  7605  */
  7606  int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager){
  7607    int rc;
  7608    if( pPager->pWal ){
  7609      rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(pPager->pWal);
  7610    }else{
  7611      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
  7612    }
  7613    return rc;
  7614  }
  7615  #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */
  7616  #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
  7617  
  7618  #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
  7619  /*
  7620  ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If
  7621  ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more
  7622  ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the
  7623  ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file
  7624  ** is empty, return 0.
  7625  */
  7626  int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){
  7627    assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
  7628    return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal);
  7629  }
  7630  #endif
  7631  
  7632  #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */